Type = 11 iDate=29/11/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY COMPARED TO 19TH CENTURY PRACTICES   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 29 NOVEMBER 1981 Remimeo DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY COMPARED TO 19TH CENTURY PRACTICES A comparison between Dianetics and Scientology and psychology and psychiatry is nonsense. The two 19th century subjects, psychology and psychiatry, do not achieve ANY good results. On the contrary they are destructive beyond belief. They make crackpots, sexpots and vegetables when they do not outright kill. The greatest crime of our times is the use of psychology and psychiatry to teach little children in schools with them and manufacture crime and a whole world of immorality and unhappiness. The character of the Governments themselves is established by their tolerance and use of psychology and psychiatry. In no human race of any civilized repute has any law condoned broad mayhem and murder of their populations. Yet under modern governments psychology and psychiatry not only have carte blanche but also get insistence on their use. Murderers flock to murderers according to old sages. The governments only smile at the brand of Cain upon their heads. Is this a civilized world we're living in? I'm afraid it only will be when Dianetics and Scientology can bring wisdom enough to Man to blunt his furious efforts to do himself in. So laugh in people's faces if they compare Dianetics and Scientology to the "orthodox mental subjects." They are insulting you. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY INTERNATIONAL BDCSI:LRH:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY INTERNATIONAL   Type = 11 iDate=28/11/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  PROGRAMMING GRADES, NED, DCSI AND SUNSHINE RD   Tech/Qual Registrars Execs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 NOVEMBER 1981 Tech/Qual Registrars Execs PROGRAMMING GRADES, NED, DCSI AND SUNSHINE RD (Ref: HCOB 12 Nov 81 GRADE CHART STREAMLINED FOR LOWER GRADES HCOB 30 Oct 81 C/S-ING FOR THE PC) This issue gives further data to clarify how to program cases who have already had part of the Lower Grade Chart. The important rules in HCOB 12 Nov 81 that apply to cases that have already had part of the Lower Grade Chart are: A. IT IS NED (OR R3R) THAT MAKES CLEARS, B. THE CHANCES OF A PERSON GOING CLEAR ON GRADES ARE SO REMOTE THAT IT IS VERY UNLIKELY,, C. EXPANDED GRADES MAKE IT EASIER FOR A PERSON TO GO CLEAR ON NED. If a person has already had a DCSI and/or has already attested to the State of Clear, the C/S must inspect the folder to determine whether the person went Clear on NED. If the person did not go Clear on NED auditing (or R3R), the chances that he or she is Clear are remote. Such a person is to be programmed to fill in missing parts of the Lower Grade Chart per HCOB 12 Nov 81 and is not to be put onto the Sunshine Rundown. If the person did go Clear on NED auditing (or R3R), then the next step is the DCSI (if not already correctly done) and then the Sunshine Rundown. (Do not resume or continue grade auditing on a person who has gone Clear on NED auditing or R3R.) There are two technical discoveries which modify earlier issues. First, that Expanded Grades make it easier for a person to go Clear on NED. Second, that it is NED auditing that is making Clears, not grade auditing. Do not use any of this material to invalidate preclears or their gains. Persons who did not go Clear on NED can be shown HCOB 12 Nov 81 so that they understand the technical reasons, but not in a manner that would ARC break, Invalidate or Evaluate. The truth is that the state of Clear attained on NED auditing is valid but there have been instances where a person has attested mistakenly or falsely thinking that he or she went Clear on other auditing than NED auditing (or R3R). There has also been confusion on the subject of Clear and what is a valid Clear attest and what is not. The recent discoveries clarify that and make a smoother and surer route to Clear or OT. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Senior C/S International Accepted by the BDCSC:LRH:DM:drm BOARD OF DIRECTORS Copyright $c 1981 of the by L. Ron Hubbard CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED OF CALIFORNIA  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Senior C/S International Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=18/11/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  FOLDER ERROR SUMMARIES -- CLARIFIED   Remimeo Auditors FESers Internes C/Ses  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 18 NOVEMBER 1981 Remimeo Auditors FESers Internes C/Ses FOLDER ERROR SUMMARIES -- CLARIFIED REFS: HCOB 6 Oct 70 C/S Series 19 FOLDER ERROR SUMMARIES HCOB 19 Mar 71 C/S Series 30 C/S-ing AUDITOR -- C/Ses HCOB 6 Apr 71 C/S Series 34 NON F/N CASES HCOB 3 May 80 PC INDICATORS E-METER INSTRUCTION FILM NUMBER 10 -- "PC INDICATORS" A surprisingly large percentage of FESes done contain unnecessary data or omit vital data. An FES (Folder Error Summary) is a summary of auditing errors in a folder and on a pc's case not corrected at the time the summary is done which keep the case from running. One does an FES when the case isn't running right or has bogged and one wants to know the reason why, so the case can be put to rights again. The usual action is to find where the case was last running well and come forward from there noting the bug or bugs which can then be repaired. It does not take days to do this FES or even hours if the bog is recent. A full FES or an "FES to PT" is not a long-winded account of everything in the pc's entire folder. It should simply consist of a consecutive series of times when the case bogged after doing well, what the goof(s) was that caused the bog, whether the error(s) was corrected and the name of the auditor and C/S who goofed. Some of the so-called "errors" recently found listed in FESes would be laughable if it were not for the amount of wasted time and expense caused the auditor and C/S and the trouble made for the pc. EXAMPLE: A folder picked at random contained an FES with the following consecutive entries: "(date) Note from Supervisor -- Bogged on course." "(date) Pc finally gets CS 53 completed to F/Ning -- a nice thorough job." "(date) Is on SRD. Routes on MO lines. Teeth hurting." "(date) Origin -- Cramps (gas)." "(date) Attests SRD." "(date) 2D upset." And so it goes throughout the entire "FES." What does any of it have to do with a proper FES? Nothing! HCOB 18.11.81 - 2 - The FESer couldn't have had a clue about C/S Series 19, 30 or 34 which are the relevant issues and was just filling sheet after sheet of paper with useless data and wasting his own time and the time of anyone having to read it and stalling the pc's progress. Such FESes can have the liability of throwing the C/S totally off the track of what is really bugging the case. An unthinking C/S may buy an FES like the above and totally misprogram the case, resulting in more wrong targeted auditing and more trouble for the pc. The things that bog a case are detailed in the C/S Series issues referenced above. It does take study of the folder to find the bug. But it has to be a bug that is affecting the case, or else the case won't resolve. Don't waste your and others' time with improper FESes. They invariably arrive at no product through great expense. Understand the target of an FES, get useful FESes done and watch tech quality in your area increase. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit and Senior C/S International Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTCU:DM:dm Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit and Senior C/S International Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=15/11/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE SUNSHINE RUNDOWN   BPI  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 NOVEMBER 1981 BPI THE SUNSHINE RUNDOWN The Sunshine Rundown is a bright new rundown which adds extra shine to the State of Clear. It is the next step on the Grade Chart after the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive and is done by Clears directly after they attest to having attained the State of Clear. It may also be done by those who have attained the State of Clear and who have previously had a DCSI. The Sunshine Rundown gives the Clear a fresh, new outlook and really orients him to present time as a Clear. The rundown is done solo, by the Clear himself, and is usually completed in one session. Solo auditor training is not needed in order to audit the Sunshine Rundown. The confidential Sunshine Rundown instructions are easily followed, even by those with no previous tech training. The Sunshine Rundown is available from Class IV orgs and higher orgs. New Clears, already shining and bright, will come out shinier and brighter still -- and ready to continue up the Bridge to OT. Their next step is the Solo Auditor Course. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:drm Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=13/11/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  WHAT TONE 40 IS  Type = 12 iDate=27/7/77 Volnum=0 Issue=1 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo Tech Qual Div VI Missions Group Auditors Group Auditor Courses Assessment Drills Course  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 13 NOVEMBER 1981 Remimeo Tech (Cancels BTB 27 July 77 Issue I Qual WHAT TONE 40 IS.) Div VI Missions Group Auditors Group Auditor Courses Assessment Drills Course WHAT TONE 40 IS "Tone 40" refers to the highest tone (40) shown on the scale of the various tone levels for a thetan. (Ref: HCOB 25 Sep 71RB, Rev. 1.4.78, TONE SCALE IN FULL) The term "Tone 40" as we use it to describe an action is most simply defined as: AN EXECUTION OF INTENTION. (Execution in this context means: to carry out, to accomplish; to fulfill. Intention = an idea that one is going to accomplish -- do -- something; it is positive direction of an idea. An intention is not words, nor is it dependent upon words.) To define it more comprehensively: Tone 40 is a positive postulate with no counter thought expected, anticipated or anything else; that is, total control. It can also be defined as giving a command and just knowing that it will be executed despite any contrary appearances. In other words, Tone 40 is positive postulating. A Tone 40 intention includes nothing else -- no counter intention specifically. (Counter intention is any intention which counters an intention.) Any emotion is mis-emotion at Tone 40. For one to achieve a Tone 40 intention, he must have a reality on space; otherwise he has no place in which to create an intention. Actually at Tone 40 one has unlimited space at will. That doesn't mean "the greatest space" (which would happen at about Tone 20 or 22). It means space at will. One must have a reality on objects and other beings; otherwise he has no terminal in which to create an intention. He must have a reality that he can create an effect in a given space, and he must be able to create this effect with no liability. And, as executing a Tone 40 intention is, in essence, total control, confront enters into it. The ability to control is largely dependent upon the ability to confront. TONE 40 AUDITING Tone 40 Auditing is defined as: Positive, knowing, predictable control by a known source of control toward the pc's willingness to be at cause concerning his body and his attention. HCOB 13.11.81 - 2 - All Tone 40 auditing is done completely in present time, without remembering or anticipating. One observes and handles in present time. A Tone 40 acknowledgement totally ends the cycle of action and totally ends the creation of the intention. In other words, it ends the cycle completely and also acknowledges everything both auditor and pc have done, whether it was a Tone 40 action, execution of command or bank reaction. A true Tone 40 acknowledgement ends all preceding action. There are three parts of man: Thetan, Mind, Body. You cannot damage a thetan by exercising Tone 40 control over him. The above is a brief summation of stable data concerning Tone 40. There is considerably more data on this subject to be studied and known, including drills on the use of Tons 40 intention, to be found in the full works of Scientology. The following is a list of some of the main references on the subject: Book: SCIENTOLOGY 0-8, THE BOOK OF BASICS Book: SCIENCE OF SURVIVAL Book: ADVANCED PROCEDURES AND AXIOMS Technical Volumes, especially Vols I, II and III HCOB 25 Sep 71RB, Rev. 1.4.78, TONE SCALE IN FULL PAB (Professional Auditors Bulletin) Nbrs: 133, 134, 135, 137, 147, 151, 152, 153, 154 Secretarial to the Executive Director, April 20, 1959, UPPER INDOC HAT MATERIAL HCOB 8 Apr 57 GROUP AUDITING HCOB 11 Jun 57 TRAINING AND CCH PROCESSES Reiss. 12.5.72 HCOB 2 Apr 58 ARC IN COMM COURSE HCOB 15 Oct AD8 ACC CLEAR PROCEDURE HCOB 23 Aug 65 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY HCOB 1 Dec 65 CCHs HCOB 7 May 68 UPPER INDOC TRs HCOB 22 Apr 80 ASSESSMENT DRILLS TAPE 5707C25 SCALES (EFFECT SCALE) L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:dr Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=12/11/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=2 rDate=18/1/82 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  GRADE CHART STREAMLINED FOR LOWER GRADES   URGENT -- IMPORTANT Remimeo All C/Ses All Auditors Tech/Qual Registrars Dissem Execs Orgs & Missions "The Auditor" BPI  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 12 NOVEMBER 1981RA RE-REVISED 18 JANUARY 1982 Remimeo All C/Ses CANCEL THE ORIGINAL ISSUE All Auditors Tech/Qual Registrars (Revisions in Script) Dissem Execs Orgs & Missions URGENT -- IMPORTANT "The Auditor" BPI GRADE CHART STREAMLINED FOR LOWER GRADES I recently reworked the Grade Chart in the interest of greater gain for the pc. I forwarded the notes for issue and they were added to by others. Some of the additions were done because of an unnecessary confusion on the State of Clear: They have no bearing on this new Grade Chart and so have been deleted. Two additional HCOBs have been written by me, HCOB 12 Dec 81, THEORY OF THE NEW GRADE CHART and HCOB 14 Dec 81, THE STATE OF CLEAR. This New Grade Chart as follows is for use at once. A full new Grade Chart will be issued later. NEW GRADE CHART 0. Introductory and Assist actions as commonly used in orgs and by auditors on new pcs. 1. PURIFICATION RD 2. OBJECTIVES as required 3. SCIENTOLOGY DRUG RD (OPTIONAL, only for those who need it per HCOB 4 Apr 81, THE BIOCHEMICAL PERSONALITY) 4. EXPANDED ARC STRAIGHTWIRE GRADE (Quad) 5. EXPANDED GRADE 0 (Quad) 6. EXPANDED GRADE 1 (Quad) 7. EXPANDED GRADE 2 (Quad) 8. EXPANDED GRADE 3 (Quad) 9. EXPANDED GRADE 4 (Quad) 10. NED DRUG RD 11. NED 12. If goes Clear on NED, DCSI 13. SUNSHINE RUNDOWN if goes Clear on NED 13A. If not Cleared on NED goes to an AO for Clearing Course 14. SOLO AUDITOR COURSE whether Clear or not (or Class 0-4 Academy courses, prior to Solo Auditor Course) HCOB 12.11.81RA - 2 - Re-Rev. 18.1.82 INTRODUCTORY AND ASSIST ACTIONS It is quite common for auditors and orgs to give introductory or demonstration sessions. There are several of these: They have been issued under various names including "Life Repair." They should not be excluded from the chart. Group processing comes under this category, despite the real gains it can give. Division 6s often have counseling services which, although they can be done at any time, should be mentioned at this level. Assists are, quite often, the first auditing a pc gets and while most assists can be done at any time (excluding R3R or NED on Clears or above) they should not be omitted. OPTIONAL OR CONDITIONAL STEPS Objectives During the period of coming off drugs, Objectives are needed. For pcs who cannot follow commands, Objectives are needed. Purification in many cases has to be accompanied with auditing on Objectives to permit withdrawal. Purification, on a heavy druggie, should be followed by Objectives. This is a matter of C/S programming. The C/S should estimate the case and use or omit Objectives as indicated on an individual programming basis. Registrars are forbidden to C/S and when the Purification is done (or when they sell it) simply state that it should be accompanied or followed by personal auditing. And regges should sell intensives. The reg can show the Grade Chart and say where it goes but should state -- must state -- that what is given is up to the C/S. A low OCA, right or left, indicates a need of Objectives. This means that C/Ses can either program the case for Objectives (optional) or straight onto Scn Drug RD (optional) or Expanded Straight Wire (not optional) and lower grades (not optional) and NED DRD (not optional) and NED. Scientology DRD or NED DRD It may be necessary on some cases heavily affected by drugs to handle the effects of drugs in order for the preclear to make case gain on the grades. Not all cases have been so affected and many of those who were, will be found to have been handled on drugs by the PURIF RD and Objectives sufficiently that they will make adequate case gain on grades. Where further drug handling is deemed necessary by the C/S, a Scientology Drug RD should be done after Objectives and before ARC Straightwire or the case smoothly shifted over to a Scientology Drug RD from grades if it is discovered later. There may be some cases who still will not be able to run grades due to the effects of drugs and thus would need not only a Scientology Drug ND but also a NED Drug RD; such would be rarer and the exception rather than the rule. HCOB 12.11.81RA - 3 - Re-Rev. 18.1.82 Green Form 40 Expanded There are seven factors which can make a case resistive if not handled as covered in earlier materials on the original Class VIII. Handle this with a Green Form 40 Expanded by "2WC and Recalls only," preferably after Expanded ARC Straightwire Grade or any point thereafter. (Secondary and engram running is not recommended before NED on the Grade Chart as the handling of locks and key-ins by 2WC and Recalls is usually adequate and a better gradient is achieved this way.) Happiness RD The Happiness RD can be fitted -- according to the case -- before or after lower grades, before or after NED, before or after Clear. BUT to get OPTIMUM results from it, as clearly proved by pilot, is just before lower grades and after Objectives. So that is where it really belongs on the Grade Chart and will be positioned there on the final chart. And people who haven't had Purification or any needed drug handling and Objectives don't do too well on it. It should not be run, of course, in the non-interference zone. It even works brilliantly on OTs! The Happiness Rp is the most popular RD. But it won't run, of course, on a person who needs a Purification. And it won't run on someone who needs Objectives before he can follow auditing commands at all. A C/S has to know what any RD is supposed to do. Method One Word Clearing Method One is strongly recommended for students, auditors and anyone who wants to recover his past education and increase his ability to study. It ideally would be done after Objectives and before the NED Drug RD or NED. It can however be done at any point except during the Non-Interference Zone. It can be done by Method One Co-Audit in orgs and Missions. Method One is necessary in order to be a fast flow student. PTS RDs and PTS Handlings There are various PTS handlings and rundowns which are used to handle PTS conditions. These are not assigned to a specific point on the Grade Chart as they are used when a PTS condition is encountered and are done to a point where the PTS condition will no longer block case progress or cause rollercoaster. There are many published PTS handlings and rundowns. Those which do not contain engram running can be done early on the Grade Chart (and only these would be done after Clear). The PTS RD containing R3RA should be done at the level of NED on the Grade Chart. The stable datum to use in deciding which PTS handling or rundown to use is the Chart of Human Evaluation. The New Vitality Rundown (NVRD) (Flag only) would be done at the level of NED or just before NED as it contains R3RA. INT RUNDOWNS The remedies known as the INTERIORIZATION RD and the END OF ENDLESS INT RD are used after a preclear has gone Exterior in auditing. When completed, the pc is continued from the point he was on on the Grade Chart. The End of Endless Int RD is preferred at points earlier on the Grade Chart than NED as it does not contain R3RA and is thus easier for the pc to run; some pcs are not HCOB 12.11.81RA - 4 - Re-Rev. 18.1.82 up to running R3RA easily at lower points of the Grade Chart. The INT RD containing R3RA should be used at the level of NED; the End of Endless Int ND should be used before NED or after Clear. PROGRAMMING Cases divide up into four general groups: Case 1: ON DRUGS, will go through withdrawal = Needs Objectives and Purification at same time. Then up the Chart. Case 2: HAS BEEN ON DRUGS. OCA BELOW CENTER LINE ON RIGHT OR LEFT. Needs Purification, Objectives before can respond well to think processes or auditing commands. Then up full Chart. Happiness RD before NED. Case 3: NO HEAVY DRUGS. OCA MIDDLE RANGE. Purification, Objectives, Expanded Straight Wire, Lower Grades, Happiness RD, NED on up. Case 4: OCA ALL IN THE UPPER HALF OF GRAPH. NO HEAVY DRUG HISTORY. Purification optional, ARC Straight Wire, Expanded Lower Grades, Happiness RD, NED, etc. Regges must not sell the pc a program. A reg sells auditing. Person wants a certain rundown -- reg only has to say, "Good, you'll get it," and the C/S, informed, can put it on the program in its proper place. Refunds came from non-delivery or mis-programming. As all cases are not in the same state, one cannot run them all on the same program. A raw pc can have every RD there is but not in a sequence that will not match his case. Pcs will turn up who have had a Happiness RD in a mission but who need Objectives. Pcs will turn up who have had intro services or assists. One simply notes it and doesn't repeat or overrun those processes. Pcs will turn up who need repair of earlier auditing. Pcs will appear who have had Book One auditing. Each needs his own program. That is all the business of the C/S, not the reg. The reg can tell the pc all about this RD or that but must always say "I am here to be sure you obtain enough hours so you can receive what you want. It is up to the Technical staff to give your case individual programming. We know where you want to go, the C/S will be told and we are here to help you get there. Not all cases are the same and the Tech staff will tailor your program to fit you. The rundown you have requested will be on that program. We want you to get the maximum obtainable benefit from it and that is done by preparation. If you cooperate, we will do the best we can." If you show them the routes you can stress individual programming. Every pc likes individual attention. The honest fact is that a Grade Chart can give only the big pattern one should travel. How to get the pc up it is between the C/S and the pc's individual case. There is no Royal Road that has an exact starting point for every pc. There is a series of wins that people can attain and these are in a proper sequence of case levels. A Grade Chart is the sequence for all cases but cases start at different points when they begin to ascend it. And so a C/S has to use it that way. HCOB 12.11.81RA - 5 - Re-Rev. 18.1.82 ALTERNATE CLEAR ROUTE Please note that at 12 on the above list, provision begins to be made for those who do not go Clear on NED. The DCSI is not given to someone who has not gone Clear on NED. 13. The SUNSHINE RUNDOWN is also not given to those who do not go Clear on NED. Instead of these two (12 and 13), the person can go on to an Advanced Org for his Clearing Course. But, please note, whether a person goes Clear on NED or not, it is planned that he can begin his Solo Auditor's Course (necessary for OT steps) in his home org. Part I of the Solo Auditor's Course can be begun right after the Sunshine Rundown or, not having gone Clear, and Part II, completing it, can be done in an SH or AO. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:dm Copyright $c 1981, 1982 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER   Type = 11 iDate=7/11/82 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S SERIES 114 CANCELLED KSW SERIES 28 CANCELLED  Type = 11 iDate=30/10/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 21 iDate=30/10/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  All HCO, Tech, Qual Execs HRD Auditors and C/Ses DCSI Auditors and C/Ses Cramming Officers Ethics Officers KOTs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex [HCO BULLETIN OF 7 NOVEMBER 1982] HCO BULLETIN OF 30 OCTOBER 1981 All HCO, Tech, CANCELLED 7 NOVEMBER 1982 Qual Execs HCO PL 30 OCTOBER 1981 HRD Auditors CANCELLED 7 NOVEMBER 1982 and C/Ses DCSI Auditors and C/Ses Cramming Officers Ethics Officers KOTs C/S SERIES 114 CANCELLED KSW SERIES 28 CANCELLED HCOB 30 Oct 81, C/S Series 114, KSW Series 28, C/SING FOR THE PC, also issued as an HCO PL of the same date, is hereby CANCELLED, because of the false and arbitrary data it put forth regarding ethics actions on pcs. This issue, never seen by myself and assisted by another, contained paragraphs not written by myself, one of which stated unequivocally that ethics-type case actions were not to be done in or out of session on persons on any major rundown or grade. This is a FALSE DATUM and conflicts with the TRUE DATUM that TECH WILL NOT GO IN WHEN ETHICS IS OUT. This false datum served to cut the line for any needed ethics action a pc might require in order to actually make it on a major rundown or grade. There are numerous valid HCOBs and PLs written by myself which cover the correct handling of pcs requiring ethics actions. Specifically, the correct data for both C/Ses and Ethics Officers on this subject is contained in HCOB 13 October 1982, C/S Series 116, ETHICS AND THE C/S, and the issues it references. The valid data that was included in C/S Series 114 has already been covered in existing source materials. Data on C/Sing for the pc is to be found in the book, DIANETICS: THE ORIGINAL THESIS, HCOB 30 Apr 69, AUDITOR TRUST, HCOB 8 Aug 71, C/S Series 55, THE IVORY TOWER and, in fact, the whole of the C/S Series HCOBs. Data on the following subjects taken up in the now-cancelled C/S Series 114: Declares, folder study and FESes, Auditor Code breaks, technical misinterpretations and how these are handled and Tech and Qual personnel going PTS is already contained in the following existing LRH materials listed specifically, as well as in related HCOBs contained in the Technical Volumes: HCOB 19 Jun 71, C/S Series 46, DECLARES HCOB 5 Mar 79RA, DIANETIC CLEAR FALSE DECLARES Re-rev. 31.3.81 HCOB 9 Jun 73 III, C/S Series 43, C/S RULES HCOB 6 Oct 70, C/S Series 19, FOLDER ERROR SUMMARIES HCO PL 14 Oct 68RA, THE AUDITOR'S CODE Rev. 19.6.80 HCOB/PL 9 Feb 79, HOW TO DEFEAT VERBAL TECH HCOB/PL 15 Feb 79, VERBAL TECH PENALTIES HCOB 23 Oct 75, TECHNICAL QUERIES HCOB 30.10.81 - 2 - Cancelled 7.11.82 HCO PL 13 Jan AD29, ORDERS, ILLEGAL AND CROSS (Corr. & Reiss. 2 May 79) HCOB/PL 7 Aug 79, Product Debug Series 8, Esto Series 36, FALSE DATA STRIPPING HCO PL 1 Jul 65, TECH-QUAL ETHICS CHITS HCOB 15 Jul 71 II, C/S Series 50, C/S CASE GAIN PAB 39, 12 Nov 54, THE AUDITOR'S CODE 1954 L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Adopted as Official Church Policy by the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY INTERNATIONAL CSI:LRH:iw Copyright $c 1982 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Adopted as Official Church Policy by the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY INTERNATIONAL   Type = 11 iDate=24/10/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  GROUP PROCESSING SESSION "ACCEPT" -- "REJECT"  Type = 12 iDate=20/1/78 Issue=1 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo All Orgs Public Divisions  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 OCTOBER 1981 Remimeo All Orgs (CANCELS AND REPLACES Public BTB 20 Jan 78 I, Divisions Same Title) GROUP PROCESSING SESSION "ACCEPT" -- "REJECT" Reference: LRH Tape 5501C05C PPS "Group Processing" This issue provides the Group Auditor with: (a) The commands for the actual process used in the session. (b) A transcript of the LRH Session to serve not only as a model Formal Group Auditing Session but also for reference when studying Group Auditing Tech. OPENING PROCEDURE: R-Factor as required. Locational Processing. BODY OF SESSION: Commands: "Find something you can accept." "Find something you can reject." ENDING SESSION: Locational Processing. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Edited by Bill Morey Flag Compilations Bureau Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS BDCSC:LRH:BM:bk of the Copyright $c 1955, 1981 CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY by L. Ron Hubbard of CALIFORNIA ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HCOB 24.10.81 ATTACHMENT Now I want you to find a floor. Any floor will do. Find a floor. Any floor. You got a floor? Well, what're you doing using your feet to find it? Now let's just find a floor. Shall we just find a floor. Got a floor? Are you using your feet? All right. Just find the floor. Just straight away. Got a floor there? Well, fine. Now without using your eyes, let's find the ceiling. Got a ceiling? Fine. Without using your eyes now, let's find the right wall. You got that pretty eyes? All right. Now let's find the left wall. That very easy? Well good. Good. Now let's make the head bob gently. Just make the head bob. That's right. Look at me up here, just make your head bob. That's fine. Come on. Let's make the head bob. Come on. Just gently. That's right. Let's just make the head bob. That's right. That's fine. Just make the head bob. Good. Now let's make it nod. Look at me here. Let's make the head nod. Now let's make it bob. Got a head? Is it loose on the neck? Well, that's real good. Let's make it nod. Let's make it nod now. OK. Make your head nod. Now let's make it bob. All right, that's just fine. Make it bob. Good, that's fine. Now make it nod. Good. That's really fine. That's just swell. OK. Now stop your head. Now let's start your head moving again nodding. Now let's stop your head. Good. Good. Now we're going to start nodding and we're going to change it to bobbing. All right. Start nodding. OK. Now change it to bobbing. That's right. OK. And now change it to nodding. That's swell. That's fine. HCOB 24.10.81 - 2 - ATTACHMENT Now stop your head. All right. Now start your head bobbing. All right. Now stop your head. Good. Now let's start your head bobbing, and we're going to change it to nodding. OK. All right. Now let's change it. Now let's change it again. Good, good. Now let's start nodding. Good. Now let's start bobbing. Fine. Now let's stop it up. Good. Now let's start and stop it down. Now let's start it up and stop it up. Now let's start it down and stop it down. Good. Now let's start it bobbing. Let's change it to nodding. Good. Good. Now let's stop it nodding. All right. Let's start it nodding to the right and stop it. All right. Now let's start it nodding to the left and stop it. Good. Now let's just start it nodding. All right. Now let's find the floor. That's good. You feel dizzy? Do you think you have a head? You any less sure of a head? You more sure of it? Now let me ask you a question: Can you control your head? Well fine. You sure you can? All right. Anybody have any doubt that he can control his head? All right. Well that's just fine. Now let's find something now that you can accept. Find something you can accept and then find some more things you can accept. There must be something. OK, that's real good. Now let's find some more things you can accept. Diamond studded sandwiches. Anything. Some more things you can accept. OK. You found some things you can accept? Anybody fail to find something he can accept? All right. Now let's find something you can reject. Let's find some more things you can reject. OK. And some more things you can reject. OK. That's fine. Let's find some more things you can reject. OK. That's fine. Let's find some more things you can reject. OK. That's fine. Some more things you can reject. OK. HCOB 24.10.81 - 3 - ATTACHMENT How you making out? Making out real good? Well swell. Swell. Now is there anybody present that hasn't been able to find a single thing he could reject? Everybody's found something he could accept? Well good. Let's find some more things you could accept. OK. Let's find some more things you could accept. OK. Let's find some more things you could accept. All right. You find some things? You did? Was that real easy? Well good. Now let's find some things you can reject. All right. How's that now? Well, let's find some more things you can reject. OK. How's that now? Well, good. Let's find some more things you could reject. All right. How's that now? Well good. Well good. Now let's find some things -- you all right? OK? All right. OK. Let's find some more things now that you can accept. OK. You got that? All right. Now let's find some more things you can accept. OK. How you doing now? Doing all right? Anybody having any difficulty? Well all right. Let's find some more things you can accept. All right. Now how you doing now? You doing better? Easier? Is anybody pulling in mock ups with this or something like that? Now you don't have to do that you know. Just get some things now that you can reject. Some things you can reject. All right. How's that? That pretty good? All right. Let's get some more things you can reject. All right. How's that? That getting easier? It's getting easier? All right. Now let's find some more things you can reject. OK. How's that now? Getting easier? Harder? What? All right. HCOB 24.10.81 - 4 - ATTACHMENT Now let's discover some things you can accept. OK. Some things you can accept. How's that? All right. How some things you can reject. OK. Some more things you can reject. All right. How's that now? That pretty good? What's the matter. All right. Now just for the fun of it, let's find the floor. With our feet. OK. Find your chair. Find the floor. Find the chair. Find the floor. Find the chair. Find the floor. OK. Find your chair. Got it? All right. Find the floor. OK. Find your chair. You got a chair there? I don't think you believe it's a chair. You sure it's a chair? I don't believe it's a chair. Let's see some action on this. You sure it's a chair? You got a chair really? You sure you got a chair? Or you got a floor? You got a chair? Well OK. You got a floor? Well OK. You got a chair? Well OK. You got a floor? OK. You got a chair? OK. You got a floor? All right. You got a chair? All right. You got a floor? All right. You got a chair? All right. You got a floor? You sure? Are you absolutely certain? All right. Are you sure? What are you sure about? All right. Have you got a floor? All right. HCOB 24.10.81 - 5 - ATTACHMENT Is there a floor there? Good. Do you know there's a floor there? Well all right. Is there a floor there? Well good. Is there a chair there? Well fine. (Repeated 3 more times.) There's a chair there? All right. (Repeated two more times.) Is there a floor there? Well OK. (Repeated two more times.) Is there a chair there? All right. Is there a chair there? Well is there a chair there? Well all right. Is there a chair there? Well OK. Is there a chair there? Well, if you say so. Is there a floor there? Well all right. If you say so. OK. All right. We're agreed more.  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Edited by Bill Morey Flag Compilations Bureau Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=8/10/81 Volnum=0 Issue=3 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Word Clearing Series 6RA Tape Course Series 9R WORD CLEARING METHOD 2   Remimeo Word Clearers Supervisors Cramming Officers Tech Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 OCTOBER 1981 Remimeo ISSUE III Word Clearers Supervisors (Cancels BTB 28 June 71R Cramming W/C Series 6R Officers METHOD TWO METERED WORD CLEARING Tech IN THE COURSE ROOM Qual and BTB 27 Nov 71R Tape Course Series 9 W/C Series 27R METHOD 2 WORD CLEARING ON TAPES AND TAPE COURSES) Word Clearing Series 6RA Tape Course Series 9R WORD CLEARING METHOD 2 Method 2 utilizes the E-Meter to locate misunderstood words that may not be detectable otherwise. It is a very thorough form of Word Clearing. Method 2 Word Clearing is only done on an individual who has received Method One Word Clearing to completion. There are two ways in which Method 2 Word Clearing can be used: 1) As a routine method of Word Clearing in Qual or in the Course Room to handle bogs, confusions, misapplications, misunderstandings, etc., or as part of a cramming order or checksheet requirement. This does not require any C/S OK. 2) On a large body of data. This is often done after it has already been studied, to clean up any misunderstoods in that body of data. It can be done on such things as a staff member's hat, the materials of an auditor's level of training, the C/S Series, one's first Scientology materials, etc. This action is usually part of a program such as a retread program or part of someone's TIP. It does require C/S OK before the action can be begun. The Word Clearer doing the Method 2 must be trained in the use of the E-Meter and instant reads. Method 2 is not attempted if the student's TA is either High or Low. The Word Clearer would ensure that there is no false TA, using the False TA Checklist. If the TA remains high or low and is not false, the student would be sent to Review for handling. METHOD 2 PROCEDURE a) On Written Materials The student is put on the meter and the Word Clearer (or Supervisor) gives him the R-factor "I am not auditing you." The student is told that if he comes to a word or phrase he doesn't understand he should tell the Word Clearer, so that HCOB 8.10.81 - 2 - the misunderstood can be cleared. The student should be encouraged to find and clear misunderstood words himself, and should not become dependent on the meter. The Word Clearer has the student read aloud to him starting at the very top of the first page. The Word Clearer watches the meter carefully. As soon as the needle reads (sF, F, LF, LFBD) the Word Clearer stops the student and finds the word that read in a good dictionary, whether the student says he knows the meaning or not. If it is a technical word or term in the subject being addressed, it is looked up in a glossary or technical dictionary. (Note: In using various glossaries and technical dictionaries, care must be taken to find a dictionary definition that is on the correct gradient for the student.) The Word Clearer first clears the word for himself, then the word is cleared on the student per HCOB 23 Mar 78RA W/C Series 59RA CLEARING WORDS. The dictionary is handled by the Word Clearer, the student does not let go of the cans. If a technical word or term is being cleared from a glossary or technical dictionary, then the student reads the definition aloud while the Word Clearer watches the needle. Any word in the definition that reads is looked up and cleared per HCOB 23 Mar 78RA W/C Series 59RA CLEARING WORDS. Each word cleared is taken to F/N. The Word Clearer then has the student re-read the sentence that contains the word that was misunderstood. The Word Clearer must ensure that the student understands the section of the text that contains the word. If the student does not originate this fact, the Word Clearer should ask the student what that part of the text means. He wouldn't let the student continue reading if the student did not comprehend what he just read. If the student doesn't understand something about what he just read then there will be another misunderstood word, probably earlier in the text, in which case the Word Clearer would have the student go to an earlier point in the text and start reading. Only when he fully understands the section of the text that contains the word that was misunderstood does the student continue reading. The student continues reading aloud to the end of the last page of the materials being covered. Any further reads of the meter are handled as above. At the end of the Word Clearing session, send the student to the examiner. b) On Tapes This is done exactly as in Method 2 on written materials except that the student listens to the tape with headphones on while the Word Clearer watches the meter for a read. The Word Clearer operates the controls of the tape player while the student listens. The Word Clearer does not listen to the tape himself. HCOB 8.10.81 - 3 - As soon as the needle reads, the Word Clearer stops the machine and asks what word or term the student just heard. (Note: It is important that the tape player is stopped at the exact moment that the meter reads, otherwise the word clearer may be asking the student for a word 3 or 4 words later than the reading word. On some machines it is fastest to rest the thumb or a finger on the pause button while the tape is playing, using the pause button to immediately stop the machine when a read occurs. The most ideal set-up for Method 2 on tapes is to have a foot pedal that the Word Clearer uses to operate the tape player with. This then frees up the Word Clearer's hands.) If the student can't spot the word the Word Clearer helps him find it by replaying the last short section of tape. If the student still can't tell him what the word is, the tape is replayed from an even earlier point. As soon as the meter reads, the Word Clearer stops the machine and gets the word from the student. The word is then cleared as in Method 2 on Written Materials. HANDLING THE BOGGED OR NON-F/NING STUDENT Method 2 can be done on a student in trouble to get him F/Ning again, to handle a bog, confusion, etc. The student is put on the meter and is given the proper R-factors as covered in Method 2 on written materials, above. He is asked at what point in his materials he started having difficulty. The Word Clearer takes the student back to a point earlier than where the student started having trouble and has the student read aloud to him. The Word Clearer watches the meter and handles all reads as described in Method 2 on written materials, above. The materials are so covered up to the point where he was having trouble. If the difficulty does not resolve, the Word Clearer has the student start reading from an even earlier point in the material. It may go back to an earlier issue, tape, earlier course, or even an earlier subject. (Ref. Tape 6408C06 SHSBC-34, Study Tape 4, STUDY -- GRADIENTS AND NOMENCLATURE and Tape 6510C14 SHSBC-68, BRIEFING TO REVIEW AUDITORS) End off when the difficulty has been resolved and the student is once again bright and F/Ning, and send the student to the examiner. METHOD 2 ON LARGE BODIES OF DATA This requires C/S OK to ensure that the student is not in the middle of an auditing action or process or in the need of a repair, etc. (NOTE: Method 2 on just an issue or two, such as for a Cramming Order would not need C/S OK, but any large amount of Method 2 work would.) HCOB 8.10.81 - 4 - The Word Clearer starts the student at the very top of the first page of the materials and the whole of the materials are covered by Method 2. All reading words are cleared including any words originated by the student as misunderstood. Done on one's first Scientology materials (first materials read, or first tape heard), it uncovers basic misunderstoods on Scientology. Done on one's hat or other material, it handles the basic reason behind post failures or difficulty with any material. The EP is a continuous F/N on the materials being word cleared. COMPREHENSION Ref: HCOB 30 Jan 73RD Word Clearing Series 46RD METHOD 9 WORD CLEARING THE RIGHT WAY Glibness is often trained into students by the current educational methods as students are taught to read aloud without understanding what they are reading. Understanding is actually considered to be something separate from reading. Therefore the Word Clearer must see that the student understands that he should be comprehending the materials as he reads them. And if a student starts reading a section without comprehension (goes blank, robotic) or if any other manifestations of misunderstoods appear, then the Word Clearer should have the student go back to the last point in the materials when he was doing well and reading with comprehension. The student would then come forward from there and the misunderstood word or symbol should be found and cleared. After all, the reason Method 2 is being done is to bring about a comprehension of the materials. CAUTIONS The most common source of trouble in Method 2 Word Clearing is in the Word Clearer not knowing his meter reads and either missing actual reads or incorrectly calling reads, such as calling the right swing of an F/N a read. The remedy for this of course is for the Word Clearer to get his misunderstoods off on the subject of the E-Meter and its needle manifestations and to re-do the drills in THE BOOK OF E-METER DRILLS until his metering is flawless. Method 2 can fail if the Word Clearer does not locate the earlier material that contains the misunderstood word. This is remedied by word clearing the Word Clearer on the Study Tapes, especially Study Tape 4 STUDY -- GRADIENTS AND NOMENCLATURE and word clearing him on Tape 6510C14 SHSBC-68 BRIEFING TO REVIEW AUDITORS. A bog or the lack of a good result on Method 2 is handled by giving the student a Word Clearing Correction List (HCOB 27 Nov 78 W/C Series 35RF). HCOB 8.10.81 - 5 - (NOTE: Just because a student has had a Word Clearing Correction List does not now mean that that's the end of the Method 2. The purpose of the Word Clearing Correction List is to pick up the errors made in Word Clearing. It in no way replaces Method 2 and actually getting the misunderstoods found and cleared. When the student has been cleaned up with the WCCL, he is returned to Method 2 Word Clearing so any remaining misunderstood words can be found and cleared.) Method 2 is simple to do and will produce astonishing results, provided the Word Clearer knows his Study Tech and his metering well. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=7/10/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Word Clearing Series 31RC METHOD 3 WORD CLEARING  Type = 11 iDate=7/2/72 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=3 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo All Students All Supervisors All Word Clearers All Cramming Officers Tech Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 7 OCTOBER 1981 Remimeo All Students (Cancels BTB 7 Feb 72RB II All Supervisors Word Clearing Series 31RB All Word Clearers METHOD 3 WORD CLEARING) All Cramming Officers Tech Qual Word Clearing Series 31RC METHOD 3 WORD CLEARING Method 3 is the method of finding a student's misunderstood word by having him look earlier in the text than where he is having trouble for a word he doesn't understand. The student simply looks for the word, the word is found, and then cleared using a good dictionary. Method 3 is routinely used by the supervisor. It is done by twins on each other as needed. And of course the student should use it himself whenever he runs into any trouble. It is very simple to do. It doesn't require a meter. But it does require an ability to get in good comm with the student and an understanding of the following theory. THEORY References: TAPE: 6407C09 SHSBC-28 Study Tape 2 STUDYING -- DATA ASSIMILATION TAPE: 6408C06 SHSBC-34 Study Tape 4 STUDY -- GRADIENTS AND NOMENCLATURE TAPE: 6510C14 SHSBC-68 BRIEFING TO REVIEW AUDITORS HCO PL 24 Oct 68 II SUPERVISOR KNOW-HOW HANDLING THE STUDENT HCO PL 24 Oct 68 IV SUPERVISOR KNOW-HOW TIPS IN HANDLING STUDENTS HCOB 26 Jun 71R II W/C Series 4R, SUPERVISOR TWO-WAY COMM AND Rev. 30.11.74 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD HCOB 27 Jun 71R W/C Series 5R, SUPERVISOR TWO-WAY COMM EXPLAINED Rev. 2.12.74 HCOB 31 Aug 71R W/C Series 16R CONFUSED IDEAS HCOB 4 Sep 71 II W/C Series 19, ALTERATIONS HCO PL 24 Sep 64 INSTRUCTION AND EXAMINATION: RAISING THE STANDARD OF HCOB 10 Mar 65 WORDS, MISUNDERSTOOD GOOFS A student who knows his Study Tech will look up each word he comes across that he doesn't understand. If he comes to something he doesn't grasp he will look over it carefully for any misunderstood words and clear these up. HCOB 7.10.81 - 2 - But when a student has cleared all the words and he can't understand it or disagrees with it; or when a student bogs down, or becomes dull, or is just not as bright as before, it is because the student has passed a word he didn't understand before he started having trouble. This will be very clear to you if you understand that IF IT IS NOT RESOLVING, THE THING THE STUDENT IS APPARENTLY HAVING TROUBLE WITH IS NOT THE THING THE STUDENT IS HAVING TROUBLE WITH. Otherwise it would resolve, wouldn't it? The trouble is earlier. If he knew what he didn't understand he could resolve it himself. So to talk with him about what he thinks he doesn't understand just gets nowhere. Good Word Clearing is a system of backtracking. You have to look earlier than the point the student became dull or confused and you'll find that there's a word that he doesn't understand somewhere before the trouble started. The student will brighten up the moment he spots the word, even before the word is cleared. And if he doesn't brighten up there will be a misunderstood word even before that one. PROCEDURE The student is not as bright, or feels dull or disinterested, or is doping off, has bogged down or is going slower; or he just can't understand something or disagrees with it and has done all the usual actions such as clearing the words in it, but it still won't resolve. The student is asked to look earlier in the text for the misunderstood word. There is one always. There are no exceptions. It may be that the misunderstood word is two pages or more back but it is always earlier in the text from where the student is now. The word is found. The student brightens up. The misunderstood word is looked up in a good dictionary and cleared per HCOB 23 Mar 78RA Word Clearing Series 59RA CLEARING WORDS. The student reads the text that contains the word that was misunderstood. If the student is not now bright then there is a misunderstood word even earlier in the text that must be found. When the student is bright and cheerful he is told to come forward, restudying the text, to the area of the subject he did not understand. The difficulty he was having should now resolve. If the difficulty does not resolve then there are still one or more misunderstood words earlier which must be found. If the word can't be found with Method 3, then it would be permissible to use one or more of the other methods of word clearing to get the word found. HCOB 7.10.81 - 3 - ZEROING IN ON THE WORD The formula is to find out where the student wasn't having any trouble and find out where the student is now having trouble and the misunderstood word will be in between. It will be at the tag end of where he wasn't having trouble. (See Tape 6408C06 SHSBC-34, Study Tape 4, STUDY -- GRADIENTS AND NOMENCLATURE and HCO PL 24 Oct 68 IV SUPERVISOR KNOW-HOW TIPS IN HANDLING STUDENTS.) The student can also be spot-checked on the words in the area to help him find the word, if necessary. The student is asked for the definitions of various words in the area and any that the student is uncertain of or doesn't know are looked up. The end result of doing Method 3 is the student is now bright and any difficulty he has had is cleared up. Method 3 is tremendously effective when done as described herein. If it were done every time a student hit a bog or slow or every time a student became dull or his study stats dropped your students would gradually get faster and faster and brighter and brighter. Study stats would soar and the Academy would turn out more and more auditors as well as other trained individuals the org could really be proud of. So get a good reality on it and become expert in its use. Use it to Keep Scientology Working. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=6/10/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  TECH FILMS AND VERBAL TECH   URGENT -- IMPORTANT All Orgs Course Supervisors Film Supervisors C/Ses Ds of T Cramming Officers Students Tech Qual HCO  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 OCTOBER 1981 All Orgs Course (Also issued as an HCO PL Supervisors of the same date and title.) Film Supervisors C/Ses Ds of T URGENT -- IMPORTANT Cramming Officers Students Tech Qual HCO TECH FILMS AND VERBAL TECH References: HCOB/PL 9 Feb 79 HOW TO DEFEAT VERBAL TECH HCOB/PL 15 Feb 79 VERBAL TECH: PENALTIES HCOB 29 Aug 81 Cramming Series 16 CRAMMING AND VERBAL TECH HCO PL 16 Apr 65 THE "HIDDEN DATA LINE" HCOB 23 Oct 75 TECHNICAL QUERIES With the release of the Technical Training Films, the policies forbidding verbal tech must be extended to apply to any Technical Training Film as well as to HCO Bulletins, Policy Letters, books, tapes or other source references. HCOB/HCO PL 15 Feb 79 VERBAL TECH: PENALTIES defines verbal tech as follows: GIVING OUT DATA WHICH IS CONTRARY TO HCO BULLETINS OR POLICY LETTERS, OR OBSTRUCTING THEIR USE OR APPLICATION, CORRUPTING THEIR INTENT, ALTERING THEIR CONTENT IN ANY WAY, INTERPRETING THEM VERBALLY OR OTHERWISE FOR ANOTHER, OR PRETENDING TO QUOTE THEM WITHOUT SHOWING THE ACTUAL ISSUE. The above definition applies equally to the Technical Training Films, and to it is added: GIVING OUT TECHNICAL DATA VERBALLY OR OTHERWISE FROM A TECHNICAL FILM, OR ANY DISCUSSION, INTERPRETATION OR QUOTING OF THE TECHNICAL CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL FILM WITHOUT HAVING THE FILM VIEWED BY THE PERSON OR PERSONS CONCERNED SHALL CONSTITUTE VERBAL TECH. Violations of this Policy Letter must be dealt with per HCOB/PL 15 Feb 79 VERBAL TECH: PENALTIES, and HCOB 29 Aug 81 Cramming Series 16 CRAMMING AND VERBAL TECH. This Policy Letter is not to be used to curb enthusiam or prevent word-of-mouth promotion of these vital films. It is to be fully understood and applied in terms of the following maxim: THE TECH OF ANY TECHNICAL TRAINING FILM IS IMPARTED BY THE FILM ITSELF, NOT BY ANY DISCUSSION OF IT. HCOB 6.10.81 - 2 - This issue is to be prominently displayed in all course rooms for those courses to which Technical Training Films are assigned, as well as in the film viewing area itself. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research & Technical Complications Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research & Technical Complications Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=15/9/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE CRIMINAL MIND   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1981 Remimeo THE CRIMINAL MIND Definition: A criminal is one who is motivated by evil intentions and who has committed so many harmful overt acts that he considers such activities ordinary. There is a datum of value in detecting overts and withholds in criminal individuals: THE CRIMINAL ACCUSES OTHERS OF THINGS WHICH HE HIMSELF IS DOING. As an example, the psychiatrist accuses others engaged in mental practice of harming others or worsening their condition yet the majority of psychiatrists maim and kill their patients and by record, in all history, have only worsened mental conditions. After all, that's what they seem to be paid to do by the Government. The psychologist accuses others of misrepresenting what they do and lobbies in legislature continually to outlaw others on the accusation of misrepresenting but there is no psychologist who doesn't know that he himself is a fake, can accomplish nothing of value and that his certificates aren't even worth the printing ink. The psychologist goes further: He educates little children in all the schools to believe all men are soulless animals and criminals so that when the possible day of reckoning cones and the psychologist is exposed for what he is, the population will not be the least bit surprised and will consider the psychologist is "normal." The psychologist accuses others of sexual irregularities when this is, actually, his entire profession. Jack the Ripper of English fame who gruesomely murdered prostitutes now turns out to have been a medical doctor and was undoubtedly of enormous assistance to the police in pointing out "the real murderer." The FBI agent or executive accuses others of graft and even sets up "abscams" to manufacture the crime. But an FBI agent regularly pockets money supposed to be paid to informers and then screams to protect informer sources that do not exist. The FBI agent is terrified of being infiltrated and accuses others of it when, as standard practice, he infiltrates groups, manufactures evidence and then gets others charged for crimes his own plants have committed. The FBI acts like a terrorist group posing as law enforcement officers. Their targets seem to be legislators and congress and public individuals who might someday have power over public opinion such as Martin Luther King, Jr. From all this we get another datum: THE CRIMINAL MIND RELENTLESSLY SEEKS TO DESTROY ANYONE IT IMAGINES MIGHT EXPOSE IT. You have to be very alert when criminals are around. HCOB 15.9.81 - 2 - J. Edgar Hoover, who organized the present FBI and still deified by it -- they have his name in huge, brass letters on Washington D.C.'s biggest thoroughfare -- and that town doesn't even have the names of former Presidents up in lights -- has been shown by subsequent records to have been a blackmailer and traitor to his country. He carefully, personally, sat on the information for four months that Pearl Harbor was going to happen. Right up to the US entrance into World War II he was autographing his photo for pals in the deadly German SS. He even sacked an FBI agent (Tureau) who dared to catch some German spies. Doctors, psychologists, psychiatrists and the Government form a tight clique. Only the Government would support such people as the public hates them. From all this we get another datum: INDIVIDUALS WITH CRIMINAL MINDS TEND TO BAND TOGETHER SINCE THE PRESENCE OF OTHER CRIMINALS ABOUT THEM TENDS TO PROVE THEIR OWN DISTORTED IDEAS OF MAN IN GENERAL. It is not true that where any person accuses another of a crime the accuser is always guilty of the crime or that type of crime. But it is true that when a criminal is doing the accusing it is more than probable that the criminal is disclosing his own type of crime. Apparently they add it up this way: "If I accuse him of robbing, then it would be assumed by others that I have not robbed a bank." By loudly voicing a condemnation of a crime, the criminal, with a crooked think, supposes people will now suppose he is above bank robbery and won't suspect him. Groups like psychologists who declare as fact that all men are criminals are of course just dramatizing their own inclinations. People assume that others have their own case. The psychologist pushes his own case off on the whole world. Anyone researching in the mind should be very aware of this point and be sure not to do it. Subjective reality seems to then to be the only reality there is, for such people are too introverted to really know the minds and motivations of others. When working with the criminal, one can get a very good idea of that person's own mental state by getting him to say what other people want and do or are guilty of. It is inconceivable to the criminal that anyone could possibly be decent or honest or do a selfless act. It would do no good whatever to try to convince him for he knows all men are like himself. Thus one gets another datum of value: THE CRIMINAL ONLY SEES OTHERS AS HE HIMSELF IS. One of the reasons he does this, of course, is to justify injuring others. Because everyone else is useless, worthless, criminal, an animal and insane, why then, he reasons, it is perfectly all right to injure them. HCOB 15.9.81 - 3 - Thus we come to another datum: THE CRIMINAL IS NOT MUCH BENEFITED BY THE GIVING OFF OF CURRENT WITHHOLDS AND IS NOT LIKELY TO REFORM BECAUSE OF THIS. One, therefore, has to get down to the basic evil intentions as in Expanded Dianetics. There is another approach in that same area of technology which is finding what act the person really can take responsibility for. It is a gradient approach. The criminal is basically so subjective that an auditor will find, in the short run, that improving the reality of such a person is needful before any effective, overall improvement is obtained through pulling withholds. Thus TRs and 8-C and even ARC Straight Wire are indicated as first steps. If these are done, and as responsibility rises, expect that overts could begin to pop up almost of their own accord. It is interesting that if a criminal were to face up suddenly to the enormity of his crimes he would go into degradation and self-destruction. Thus a gradient scale is definitely indicated. As the person has more R (reality) he can take more responsibility and only then with pulling withholds can he have any real benefit. This HCOB is simply some data on the criminal mind that might help. At the very least it should give some understanding of why some individuals insist with such apparent conviction that all men are evil, why all men are insane, why all men are criminals. And it also tells you how silly it is to try to argue with them. Who's there? The criminal mind is a bitter and unsavory subject. The percentage of criminals is relatively small but the majority of grief and turmoil in the world caused by criminals is a majority percent. Thus the criminal mind is a subject one cannot avoid in research as it is a major factor in the distortion of a culture. It is a mind like any other mind but it has gone wrong. It is motivated by evil intentions which, even if idiotic, are greater than the possessor's ability to reason. The criminal, even when he seems most clever, is really very, very stupid. The evil intentions get dramatized by senseless overt acts which are then withheld and the final result is a person who is more dead than alive and who faces a future so agonizing that any person would shudder at it. The criminal, in fact, has forfeited his life and any meaning to it even when he remains "uncaught" and "unpunished" for in the long run, he has caught himself and punishes himself for all eternity. No common judge can give a sentence as stiff as that. They know down deep that this is true and that is why they scream with such ferocity that men have no souls. They can't confront the smallest part of what awaits them. HCOB 15.9.81 - 4 - When you understand what the criminal mind consists of you can also understand how ghastly must be the feelings or lack of them with which the criminal has to live within himself and for all his days forever. He is more to be pitied than punished. Neither bold nor brave, for all his pretense, he is really just a panicky, whimpering coward inside. When he bares his breast against the bullets, he does so with the actual hope that he will be killed. But of course that doesn't save him. He's got an eternity of it left to go. And his scoff of any such data hides the whimper for he knows, deep down, it's true. Thus we have another datum: THE CRIMINAL, NO MATTER WHAT HARM HE IS DOING TO OTHERS, IS ALSO SEEKING TO DESTROY HIMSELF. HE IS IN PROTEST AGAINST HIS OWN SURVIVAL. If you have to work with criminals in pastoring, recognize what you are working with. He can be helped -- if he will let you near him. Fortunately, there are still a lot of decent people left in the world. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=13/9/81 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=1 rDate=14/1/82 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  REVISION OF ACADEMY LEVELS 0-IV AUDITING REQUIREMENTS   Remimeo All Orgs Tech/Qual Academy Supervisors Academy  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1981R Remimeo ISSUE II All Orgs REVISED 14 JANUARY 1982 Tech/Qual Academy (Also issued as an HCO PL, Supervisors same date & title.) Academy (Revised to delete the last Students paragraph, as the intention of the issue is clearly stated in the paragraph which preceded it.) (Ellipsis Indicates Deletion) REVISION OF ACADEMY LEVELS 0-IV AUDITING REQUIREMENTS In order to handle an international situation of Academy students being required to audit a pc on Expanded Grades for each Level before the student can be certified for that Level, this Bulletin revises the auditing requirements for each of the Level 0-IV Academy Level Checksheets as follows: The student must successfully audit at least one preclear on each of the processes of the Level to the EP of each process and the attainment of the ability gained for that Level, OR produce consistent well-done auditing hours in the style of auditing taught on the Level and get a definite good pc result (remarkable case change). No student is to be certified for a Level unless he has demonstrated his competence at auditing that Level, as stated above. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research & Technical Compilations Unit LRH:RTC:dr:bk Copyright $c 1981, 1982 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research & Technical Compilations Unit   Type = 11 iDate=31/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 23 STABLE DATA FOR CRAMMING OFFICERS   Remimeo Cramming Officers  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 31 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo Cramming Officers Cramming Series 23 STABLE DATA FOR CRAMMING OFFICERS There is a cause for any situation. If cramming is to teach the student what he missed, it must handle: a) what he missed, and b) why he missed it. Thus it becomes a matter of getting at the root of the situation, if the situation is not to recur. This gives us the following: 1. Things are CAUSED, they do not "just happen." 2. The cause lies earlier than the effect. 3. The following humanoid "stable data" are false: "It is human to err." "It is reasonable to forget." "There are people who are naturally slow." 4. Though stupidity comes about in general from charge on the case, thoroughly remarkable changes can be effected in rate and thoroughness of data assimilation, independent of general auditing, by USE of study technology. 5. Basic, when blown, discharges the rest of the chain. Basic is earliest. 6. If it didn't resolve the trouble the person was having, the correct cause hasn't been found. 7. A successful cramming action always ends with the person F/Ning and VGIs and handled on the outness he came to Cramming to resolve. Hammering the same point over and over doesn't ever find the CAUSE of a repeating error. (And there shouldn't even be a first error if he did his course or post hat properly.) In practice, in the case of a suddenly slowed rate of study or in the case of a sudden rash of overt products, one looks just before the change occurred and handles what is found there. Sometimes it's necessary to carry it earlier to get the real cause of the trouble found and handled. When HE's found (not when YOU've found) what is out you'll have all the VGIs you could ask for and the error will not repeat. This brings us to the final stable datum: 8. The route to 100% results in cramming is PERSISTENCE in finding the actual cause of the trouble. HCOB 31.8.81 - 2 - A Cramming Officer can increase his results by knowing and using this data. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=2/9/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE CRAMMING OFFICER   Remimeo All Orgs All Missions All Executives All Staff Qual Div Cramming Officer Hats  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 2 SEPTEMBER 1981 Remimeo All Orgs (Also issued as an HCO PL, All Missions same date & title.) All Executives All Staff (This issue cancels BTB 10 Jun 73RB IV, Qual Div Cramming Series 11RB, CRAMMING OFFICER Cramming POST REQUIREMENTS, as it changes the Officer Hats specific requirements now expected of a Cramming Officer.) THE CRAMMING OFFICER Ref: HCO PL 16 Aug 81 THE PURPOSE AND FUNCTION OF CRAMMING HCO PL 9 Sep 80R CLASS IV ORGS ISSUE II QUALIFICATIONS DIVISION FIVE Revised 11 Mar 81 ORG BOARD HCOB 21 Dec 79 AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES, CRAMMING ASSIGNMENT POLICIES HCO PL 30 Oct 78 COURSES -- THEIR IDEAL SCENE HCO PL 16 Mar 71R WHAT IS A COURSE? Revised 29 Jan 75 LRH TAPE 7109C05 A TALK ON A BASIC QUAL If a Cramming Officer thinks he has to know all about subject before he can cram someone then he doesn't know the tech of cramming. If I were a Cramming Officer and knew nothing about a subject I was cramming someone on, I would simply put the guy on the meter and find out what he didn't know about the subject and clean up what came up on that and then order the guy to word clear the materials concerned. A Cramming Officer is an expert in the technology of cramming. He does not have to be an expert in the subject on which he is cramming someone. What is important is that he have the tools and technology of cramming under his belt. CRAMMING OFFICER POST REQUIREMENTS The following are the minimum requirements a Cramming Officer would need in any organization in order to competently carry out the functions of his post: a) STUDENT HAT COURSE b) PROFESSIONAL TRS COURSE OR FULL PASS ON TRS 0-IV THE HARD WAY ON A DULY AUTHORIZED TRAINING CHECKSHEET (Ref. HCO PL 17 June 70RA TECHNICAL DEGRADES) c) MINI COURSE SUPERVISOR COURSE d) HUBBARD E-METER COURSE e) QUAL OK TO OPERATE AN E-METER f) QUAL OK TO FLY RUDS g) QUAL OK TO ASSESS PREPARED LISTS h) HUBBARD MINI WORD CLEARING COURSE i) APPLICABLE CRAMMING SERIES ISSUES HIGH CRIMED (OR NEW CRAMMING OFFICER COURSE DONE FOR NEWLY TRAINED CRAMMING OFFICERS) HCOB 2.9.81 - 2 - j) PRODUCT DEBUG SERIES HIGH CRIMED k) FULL CRAMMING OFFICER A-I HAT COMPLETED Providing that the guidelines of HCOB 21 Dec 79 AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES, CRAMMING ASSIGNMENT POLICIES are adhered to there is no reason for anything less than uniformly excellent cramming results as long as the above requirements are not skimped. Any posted Cramming Officer who is lacking one or more of these requirements had better get very, very busy fulfilling any he is missing. SENIOR CRAMMING OFFICER Once an org has a hatted, functioning Cramming Officer on post, the ideal scene to work toward is to have the person trained to the level of Senior Cramming Officer. This parallels the Course Supervisor training line-up where we have a Mini Course Supervisor (MCSC), Professional Course Supervisor (HPCSC) and Senior Course Supervisor (HSCSC). A person trained to the level of Senior Cramming Officer would most likely hold the post of Chief Cramming Officer in an org. However, all Cramming Officers should aim at attaining the level of Senior Cramming Officer. Senior Cramming Officer Requirements The requirements for a Senior Cramming Officer are: a) STUDENT HAT COURSE b) PROFESSIONAL TRS COURSE OR FULL PASS ON TRS 0-IV ON A DULY AUTHORIZED CHECKSHEET (Ref. HCO PL 17 June 70RA Re-rev. 27.4.81 TECHNICAL DEGRADES) c) MINI COURSE SUPERVISOR COURSE AND INTERNESHIP d) HUBBARD E-METER COURSE e) QUAL OK TO OPERATE AN E-METER AND FLAWLESS IN ITS USE f) QUAL OK TO FLY RUDS g) ASSESSMENT DRILL COURSE h) QUAL OK TO ASSESS PREPARED LISTS i) KEEPING SCIENTOLOGY WORKING TECHNICAL CHECKSHEET j) PROFESSIONAL WORD CLEARERS COURSE AND INTERNESHIP k) PRODUCT DEBUG COURSE l) APPLICABLE CRAMMING SERIES ISSUES HIGH CRIMED (OR NEW CRAMMING OFFICER COURSE DONE) m) VOLUME V OEC COMPLETED n) A PROVEN RECORD AS A GOOD CRAMMING OFFICER The functions of a Senior Cramming Officer are the same as those of any Cramming Officer, the difference being that he more highly skilled and experienced. Additionally, he would have the responsibility of correctly apprenticing any Cramming Officer in training. This, then, gives the direction an org should take in hatting and training up its Cramming Officers, if it is to become a truly affluent org. All Cramming Officers whether they are Senior Cramming Officers or not need to be kept abreast of all developments in corrective technology as they occur. HCOB 2.9.81 - 3 - CRAMMING OFFICER ENHANCEMENT A Cramming Officer must get daily enhancement and must become fully hatted with no delay. Only in this way can he be expected to operate at the very high level of technical quality which is required of him. In order that he can cram people of all case levels it is necessary that he advance up the Grade Chart as well. RESPONSIBILITIES OF A CRAMMING OFFICER In addition to doing regular cramming cycles, product debug cycles and other corrective actions, the Cramming Officer is responsible to ensure that all High Crime checkouts are done with no delay and that the technical staff stay abreast of all new technical developments up to the level that they are trained. (Ref. HCOB 19 Aug 79R Rev. 30 June 80 HIGH CRIME -- ADDITION HIGH CRIME CHECKOUTS AND WORD CLEARING) The Cramming Officer holds a great deal of responsibility for seeing that Verbal Tech in the org is stamped out and anyone found as a source or carrier of Verbal Tech is handled in ethics. Ensuring the standardness of the courses being taught, and handling those responsible for any outnesses in the tech of course supervision is also the concern of the Cramming Officer. He is in an excellent position to detect outnesses in the training of auditors, execs or others as all overt products from any course will be sure to end up on the cramming lines one way or another. THE IMPORTANCE OF WORD CLEARERS TO THE CRAMMING OFFICER Once it has been determined which materials the student or staff member has misapplied or not applied, the Cramming Officer relies on word clearing tech to get him through those materials with any and all misunderstoods found and cleared. The Cramming Officer does the word clearing or has the person's twin in cramming do the word clearing if he doesn't have a Qual Word Clearer available, but ideally he would have one posted in his Cramming Unit. In a very busy cramming area this posting would be vital. HANDLING CRAMMING IN A LARGE ORG The high degree of personal attention required in cramming brings about a situation whereby a second Cramming Officer must be added to reinforce the area when there are regularly more than 8 staff and/or students requiring service at one time. In a large org it would, of course, be mandatory to have both a Tech and an Admin Cramming Officer permanently posted. There is no additional hatting required for either of these posts. The Tech Cramming Officer is not required to be top auditor, nor is the Admin Cramming Officer required to be an FEBC or OEC graduate. Regardless of any other tech or admin training a Cramming Officer has, it is the tech or Cramming in which he must be an expert. HCOB 2.9.81 - 4 - CARING FOR THE INDIVIDUAL A really successful Cramming Officer cares about the individuals who come to him for help. How these staff members and students progress after being crammed should be of interest to him and checking on this should be a routine part of his weekly actions. SUMMARY The Cramming Officer is there to debug internes, students, staff members and executives as needed and when needed. He does whatever is required to achieve an honest product (a terminatedly handled individual who will not return to cramming again on the subject crammed). This issue lays out clearly what a Cramming Officer needs to know to be able to do the functions bf his post successfully. I'm looking forward to hearing of more trained and effective Cramming Officers in your org. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=30/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 22 CRAMMING OFFICER PITFALLS   Remimeo Cramming Officers Qual Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 30 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo Cramming Officers Qual Secs Cramming Series 22 CRAMMING OFFICER PITFALLS Cramming Officers on the whole do their jobs well and conscientiously. Where they do get into difficulty or fail, the most common causes usually boil down to one or more of just a few main factors. These most common pitfalls are listed here as a checklist for the Cramming Officer to use when examining his own actions or expertise in handling cramming cycles. They are also helpful for a Qual Sec or other senior tech terminal to use when the need arises to correct the Cramming Officer himself. 1. NOT KNOWING THE STUDY TAPES. If a Cramming Officer doesn't know the Study Tapes cold he is missing the data which lies at the heart of almost any correction cycle. If he isn't familiar with and relaxed about all aspects of Study Tech as covered on these tapes, and if he can't USE this data, he's going to miss. Since any goof usually traces back to a lapse in application of some aspect of Study Tech, it is important for a Cramming Officer to know his Study Tapes. That doesn't mean he has heard them once or twice. It means he has duplicated them soundly and well; that he understands the data they contain and has made the data his own, for USE. 2. NOT KNOWING WORD CLEARING TECH COLD. A Cramming Officer's ability to handle Word Clearing tech rests on his understanding of the Study Tapes and their coverage of the datum of the misunderstood word. Armed with these basic principles, he is well prepared to master the various methods of Word Clearing. If a Cramming Officer doesn't have certainty on the misunderstood word tech, and unless he is totally unreasonable about getting it applied and can find the misunderstood word(s) when they exist every time, he will fall short of success. He must have total certainty on this, as possibly others won't. He will have people tell him it isn't a word, it's something else. And it may be, but if he buys this without investigating for himself and ensuring any existing misunderstoods are cleared in addition to the "something else," he's had it. HCOB 30.8.81 - 2 - At the bottom of any confusion or conflict of ideas, lies a misunderstood word. A Cramming Officer who doesn't have unshakeabie certainty on this should re-study the Study Tapes and get himself word cleared by a competent word clearer on them and the Word Clearing Series. He should then drill the word clearing tech until he has a high reality on it and can find and clear the misunderstood words every time. 3. TURNING THE PERSON BEING CRAMMED OVER TO A WORD CLEARER WHO CAN'T WORD CLEAR. If a Cramming Officer turns someone over to a word clearer who can't get the misunderstood words found and handled he is not likely to get good Cramming results. The word clearer should have the same reality on the application of misunderstood word tech that the Cramming Officer should have. If not, then he should be trained and drilled until he's got it. True, one sometimes has to twin people up in Cramming to have the twins get each other's misunderstood words found and cleared. But one should watch such word clearing closely. And if the misunderstoods don't get found then turn the person over to someone who can find and handle them. Or the Cramming Officer should find and handle them himself and then handle the terminals who are goofing at it. One cannot rely on skimpy, half-done or out tech word clearing and expect to wind up with any kind of good cramming result. One's product is at stake. 4. VIOLATING "LOOK DON'T LISTEN." (Ref. HCO PL 16 Mar 72 I, Esto Series 8, LOOK DON'T LISTEN) A Cramming Officer can totally miss by relying on an auditor's account of a session or an admin staff member's account of his application of a Policy Letter. The auditor may be of the impression his TRs are totally natural but a taped or videoed session might reveal this is far from the truth. If the auditor knew exactly what was wrong he could probably correct it himself. Asking him, you're likely to only find out what he already knows. The way the Cramming Officer handles it is to look. Read the worksheets, look at the Exam report, see how the auditor's other pcs are doing. Check out his TRs. Put him through a drill. And the real error will spring into view. In cramming admin staff, examine their products, watch them work, have them show you exactly what they did. Blindly buying the reason for a goof without looking for yourself is asking for a possible loss. LOOK DON'T LISTEN. HCOB 30.8.81 - 3 - 5. TRYING TO GET SOMEONE TO "SEE SOMETHING" THAT IS NOT WRITTEN IN AN HCOB OR HCO PL. This is actually a form of verbal tech -- a very insidious form, as it often pretends to use HCOBs and HCO PLs. It is often done with evaluative or leading questions, some even as blatant as "Well, does the HCOB (or PL) say you can't do such and such?" Some C/Ses and seniors do this at times via cramming orders. They cram or instruct the auditor or a junior, sometimes even giving references, on points that are not actually stated in an HCOB or PL. Cramming Officers should watch out for this and should cram the C/S or senior where this occurs. If it is not written in an HCOB, PL or book or stated on a tape then the point should not be made. It is also a very serious error for a Cramming Officer to attempt to get the person to "see the point" by asking various leading questions when the data in question is contained in an HCOB, PL or other source reference. To do so is a disservice to the person being crammed as it amounts to attempting to force understanding in over a misunderstood. It can also be classed as interpreting tech or policy, and is a sorry admission that the Cramming Officer does not know Study and Word Clearing tech. An individual who is crammed correctly with any misunderstoods or false data handled standardly will duplicate the data as presented in source materials. That is the result the Cramming Officer should be working for. 6. ABSENCE OF DRILLING. A Cramming Officer can err in thinking that because he's gotten the misunderstood words found and cleared and all the false data off that the job is complete. This comes about most frequently when the person being crammed has an especially big win in word clearing or false data stripping, etc. Often, however, drilling is the final action needed in order to: a. Give the person enough familiarity with doing the action so that he can do it smoothly. b. Give the Cramming Officer visible proof that the person can now do the action correctly. Good drilling is essential. When drilling is needed to ensure a cramming result, don't neglect it. 7. ACCEPTING DATA ON HOW AN ACTION IS DONE BECAUSE OTHERS DO IT THAT WAY. This is just another form of verbal tech. Auditors or staff members mimic each other and an agreement is formed on how something should be done. This soon spreads throughout the org. This really is nothing more than group agreement. (Ref. HCO PL 7 Feb 65 Reiss. 27.8.80 KEEPING SCIENTOLOGY WORKING) It is also wrong source. It is always easier to copy someone else than it is to dig up the references and clear up one's misunderstood words. HCOB 30.8.81 - 4 - The pity of it is that "tech" gotten this way is usually incorrect or altered. Not only does a successful Cramming Officer never rely on such data, he must stamp out any such verbal tech or hidden data line when he comes across it. He goes to source references for the correct tech or policy and must insist that others do the same. 8. FAILURE TO PULL WITHHOLDS ESPECIALLY ON THE SUBJECT OF THE CRAM. Failure to pull someone's withhold when a withhold is evident is a violation of HCOB 15 Oct 74 Cramming Series 14 CRAMMING OVER OUT RUDS. When the person being crammed is nattery or critical or just doesn't want to say, pull the withhold. The Cramming Officer who backs off and fails to get this done when it is indicated and needed is setting both the person and himself up for a loss and a failed cram. Overts can block discovery of the misunderstoods in back of the goof. It is a bad goof not to pull the overts when they manifest. A cram can hang up on the person defending his actions. Getting the overts off then allows the misunderstoods to be found. (See HCOB 8 Sep 64 OVERTS, WHAT LIES BEHIND THEM?) 9. WRONG (INCORRECT) CRAMMING ORDERS. A cramming order which attempts to handle an outness which does not in fact exist is actually an invalidation and may bring about a deterioration in the performance of the person being crammed. It often causes considerable upset. A Cramming Officer must ensure that cramming orders conform to HCOB 24 Aug 81 Cramming Series 8 HOW TO WRITE A CRAMMING ORDER. Where a cram is incorrect, the Cramming Officer must tell the person that it is incorrect and if necessary fly the person's ruds. The person is still sent to the examiner afterwards and the cramming order and worksheets must still be gotten into the person's pc folder. The person who wrote the incorrect cramming order may also need to be crammed. It should be noted that some crams may be incorrect only in that they indicate the wrong area needing cramming. In this case the Cramming Officer would find out what does need to be crammed and cram that. A Cramming Officer avoids the pitfall of trying to execute a wrong or incorrect cramming order by applying Qual Senior Datum and also the sound rule: KNOW BEFORE YOU GO. HCOB 30.8.81 - 5 - 10. FAILURE TO GET HIS OWN MISUNDERSTOODS CLEARED UP. A Cramming Officer does not need to be trained on or be an expert in the materials or subject on which he is cramming another. The liability, if he is so trained, and is himself out-ethics, is that often he may enter his own false data, misunderstoods, confusions and/or misinterpretations into the scene. However, the Cramming Officer must be able to readily locate the correct source materials or other valid materials that apply to the cram, and get these studied, duplicated and drilled by the individual who needs correction. It is important that if he encounters a misunderstood of his own in such materials he gets it cleared so that he is capable of handling the cramming action correctly. Flubbed or half-done crams can result from the Cramming Officer dramatizing his own misunderstoods. 11. DOING THE CRAM ROBOTICALLY. A Cramming Officer can fall into the trap of going rote and simply carrying out a cramming order robotically. This is a sort of non-involvement on the Cramming Officer's part. He goes through the motions of the cram and does exactly what was ordered, without question. He does not really participate in the cram and, at best, hopes for a result. This sometimes occurs on incorrect cramming orders where the person being crammed and the Cramming Officer both just resign themselves to doing the cram, without getting the matter properly resolved. It also occurs sometimes because the Cramming Officer thinks he has to know all about the subject before he can cram the person on it. So the Cramming Officer just robotically does what was ordered. That is a confession that the Cramming Officer doesn't know Study Tech and Cramming Tech. These are his tools. If a Cramming Officer knows these then he can handle anyone, even if the person is having trouble learning Chinese! There is no excuse ever for a Cramming Officer to robotically or rotely handle a cramming action or any part of it. 12. CRAMMING OFFICER BEING INVALIDATIVE. (Ref. HCOB 22 Jan 77 Reiss. 7.12.78, IN-TECH, THE ONLY WAY TO ACHIEVE IT) Invalidation of the person being crammed is not going to result in an F/Ning, VGIs, terminatedly handled staff member or individual. The Cramming Officer who engages in this has just knocked out the preliminary step to cramming -- flying the person's ruds. This is not to say that a Cramming Officer doesn't maintain an ethics presence or that he buys excuses or allows the person to be a case in cramming or doesn't ensure the person's mistakes and misunderstoods get corrected. But he must never, never invalidate the person himself nor his willingness to work or help or get corrected. HCOB 30.8.81 - 6 - The willingness of the person in cramming is one of the basic factors one has to work with in getting excellent cramming results. A wise Cramming Officer cultivates it and gets the errors corrected and the correct data duplicated, without invalidating the person being crammed. 13. CRAMMING OFFICER BEING SYMPATHETIC. Sympathy does not get a person's misunderstoods found. It does not teach him how to handle his post correctly. It will not make him a better auditor or staff member. It has no place in the cramming cycle. Why be sympathetic when you can be effective? Sympathy is no substitute for positive, spot-on correction in cramming. Don't indulge in it. One gets the job done with ARC -- not sympathy. 14. NOT DOING THE CRAMMING ORDER AT ALL. There can be various reasons for this such as not being able to confront the person being crammed, not being able to push through a review cycle which needs to be completed before the person can be crammed, not being able to get the person into cramming, etc. Many of these and their handlings are covered in HCOB 21 Aug 81 Cramming Series 5, HOW A CRAMMING OFFICER ENSURES THAT HE HAS NO BACKLOGS. The point is that the goal of a corrected individual cannot be obtained if the cramming order is not done at all. The Cramming Officer who is aware of these pitfalls can ensure that neither he nor any of the people he crams will fall into one of them. His best insurance against this goes back to the very basics -- a full familiarity with and ability to USE the data contained in the Study Tapes as the first fundamental. When the Cramming Officer is thus armed it makes the road out for all of us that much smoother and faster. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER As assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER As assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=29/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 16 CRAMMING AND VERBAL TECH   Remimeo Cramming Officers Tech Qual HCO  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 29 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo Cramming Officers Tech Cramming Series 16 Qual HCO CRAMMING AND VERBAL TECH Ref: HCOB/HCO PL 8 Feb 78 HOW TO DEFEAT VERBAL TECH HCOB/HCO PL 15 Feb 79 VERBAL TECH: PENALTIES HCO PL 16 Apr 65 THE "HIDDEN DATA LINE" HCOB 23 Oct 75 TECHNICAL QUERIES HCOB/HCO PL 7 Aug 79 Product Debug Series 8 Esto Series 36 FALSE DATA STRIPPING Verbal tech, unchecked, can spread through an area like a forest fire. VERBAL TECH: GIVING OUT DATA WHICH IS CONTRARY TO HCO BULLETINS OR POLICY LETTERS, OR OBSTRUCTING THEIR USE OR APPLICATION, CORRUPTING THEIR INTENT, ALTERING THEIR CONTENT IN ANY WAY, INTERPRETING THEM VERBALLY OR OTHERWISE FOR ANOTHER, OR PRETENDING TO QUOTE THEM WITHOUT SHOWING THE ACTUAL ISSUE. (HCOB/HCO PL 15 Feb 79 VERBAL TECH: PENALTIES) Every staff member has the responsibility of stamping out verbal tech when it is encountered. The Cramming Officer, however, is in a better position than most to spot and handle this plague, as the evidences of verbal tech will often show up in Cramming. There are any number of ways in which verbal tech may come to the Cramming Officer's attention. False Data Stripping, for example, quite frequently may turn up verbal tech. Finding the source of a goof or error may reveal it. Two or more terminals making the same mistake in an area is an indication that verbal tech may be afoot there. A number of people in an area making the same error is often a sure sign the area is permeated with it. Occasionally a cramming order itself may contain verbal tech. Cramming orders should be written on any individuals using or giving out verbal data. This is in addition to the fact that the person is subject to a Court of Ethics per HCOB 15 Feb 79 VERBAL TECH: PENALTIES. When a valid instance of verbal tech is brought to the attention of the Cramming Officer or when he spots it himself he must act to get it handled. Verbal tech can come in many forms and guises, some blatant, some more subtle. The more blatant forms are usually easily recognizable but the more subtle forms can sometimes be missed. These can include such things as asking leading questions designed to get someone to "see the point." This may be hard to detect as the person sometimes uses actual references but uses them out of context and sometimes they are even unrelated to the HCOB 29.8.81 - 2 - subject. The apparency may be that he is using source reference, but unrelated quotes used out of context to push a point can have the same effect as verbal data. Only by fully studying the entire HCOB or Policy Letter, etc. and relating it to any other applicable references, does one get the data in its true perspective. Another subtle type of verbal tech that can show up is with a person who tells you he is doing something a particular way because it says to do it that way in an HCOB or a PL, but he never produces the HCOB or PL that states it. And one has probably heard such lines as, "I'm sure this process is run repetitively, but I won't give you verbal tech on it." (He has just done so!) The way to defeat verbal tech is covered in the simple steps of the issue of the same name: HCOB/PL 9 Feb 79 HOW TO DEFEAT VERBAL TECH. A Cramming Officer must set an example in getting this applied. Presented with an incorrect datum or one he suspects may be incorrect, his immediate response is: "What is the reference for that?" And if the datum didn't come from an issue, book, tape or other valid reference, the Cramming Officer must find out Who the datum came from and get it knocked out. Verbal tech is always handled by cramming and false data stripping as needed on all those who have been infected. The source of the verbal tech must also be isolated and handled to prevent it spreading further. This means ethics and also cramming on the correct materials. Most, if not all, of those who deal in verbal tech will cross paths with the Cramming Officer sooner or later. And if the Cramming Officer is watchful he can use his position to put an end to the practice once and for all. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=28/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 13 HANDLING THE BADLY BOGGED INDIVIDUAL  Type = 12 iDate=12/6/73 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=2 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo Cramming Officers C/Ses Auditors  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo Cramming (Cancels BTB 12 Jun 73RA Iss II, Officers Cramming Series 13RA, CRAMMING C/Ses HEAVY HUSSAR HANDLING FOR A BADLY Auditors BOGGED TECH PERSONNEL OR STAFF MEMBER, which contained an incorrect procedure for handling the badly bogged staff member.) Cramming Series 13 HANDLING THE BADLY BOGGED INDIVIDUAL Now and then a Cramming Officer is called upon to handle a horribly bogged Tech or Admin staff member or Interne. They can be recognized by the following manifestations: A. Person overwhelmed on post and "too busy" to come to Qual for handling. B. Person has a stack of undone cramming orders but was never hatted in the first place. C. Auditor hopeless about handling a particular case or aspect of his tech. D. Person has been made resistive to cramming/correction because of too many invalidative cramming orders or invalidative handlings. E. Person has had messed up cramming/corrective actions. F. Person has been glib in his training and in cramming and so cannot apply (with its attendant difficulties). G. Person never got crammed and so never got corrected on his post goofs. Messed up cramming/corrective actions such as crams done over out ruds, Crashing MU Finding done in the middle of False Data Stripping done in the middle of Method 9 Word Clearing, different terminals doing different actions on the person unbeknownst to each other has been known to make a staff member decline an offer for more "correction" and to beg to be left alone to do his post. When a person is discovered to be in such a state a red tag should be slapped on his pc folder and left there until the flubbed cramming/correction has been corrected and the person is F/Ning. Bogged cramming can be hell on an auditor or staff member and it is surely hell on the rest of the org affected by the bogged person's post or activities. Sequence of Handling Though it is not a rote procedure, any handling of the badly bogged individual should roughly follow this sequence: HCOB 28.8.81 - 2 - 1. Familiarize yourself with the person's situation before you even call him into Cramming. Check the person's pc folder, obtain reports from the person's seniors, study over his past cramming/corrective actions plus any outstanding crams the person has stacked up, etc. Case outnesses may be intertwined with his post troubles and these must be handled. Always enlist the C/S's help in determining what is going on with the person. Often, an FES and auditing program may be needed to handle BPC or a case outness the person is sitting in before you can begin to handle his post difficulties. If repair is needed, ensure this is actually initiated and that the person does get handled. The Cramming Officer cannot really begin his job until the review auditor finishes his, so the Cramming Officer has an interest in seeing that the repair gets done. 2. Call the person into cramming. 3. If a repair is not needed, thoroughly handle the person's ruds per Cramming Series 19R FLYING RUDS IN CRAMMING. 4. Go over the overall scene with the person. Go over his past cramming/corrective actions, any pertinent reports, etc. Get from the person any other areas of confusion or difficulty or uncertainty which may not have been noted previously. Get him to lay everything out. This may take some coaxing but it is important if your handling is to be successful. 5. Isolate the biggest outness or the main situation. It must be real to the person that this is the main bug that needs to be handled. 6. Thoroughly handle the main situation by doing a full Debug Tech Checklist or direct cramming on it. A program may need to be drawn up to ensure a full handling of other outnesses brought up during earlier steps. If the person doesn't experience a resurgence in his attitude about his post or area, the debug or cram is incomplete or the actual outness needing correction has not been isolated. Determine which it is and handle. The handling is not a rote, mechanical procedure. The tools used to handle are never varied. But it would be impossible to rotely assign a sequence of actions "First you do List A, then use Debug B, then do Word Clearing C ... " for every handling. Ethics Where attempts to handle the person are met with overt or covert counter-intention, one should suspect an out-ethics situation present which will need to be resolved before tech will go in. But don't confuse the out-ethics cat who runs from you when he sees you coming or tries to chop you up when you do get him in for handling with the person who is blowy because of Mis-Us or snarling from BPC. HCOB 28.8.81 - 3 - None of the above justifies case on post and HCO PL 21 Feb 64 STAFF REGULATIONS AUDITING VERSUS JOB still applies. Terminated Handling The ultimate aim of the Cramming Officer in all of this is a terminated handling of the individual on the area or areas on which he was bogged. Handling his BPC on cramming, correction, etc. is necessary if it is preventing handling of the bog. The person may experience a resurgence at just handling his out ruds or BPC and a big win like this should certainly be acknowledged. But it isn't the EP of what you are trying to do. For instance, he may be F/N, VGIs and hopeful now about getting his TR-4 really handled and willing to work at it, but that would not be the EP of the debug. He still has to get his TR-4 handled. See the difference? The time it takes to handle the badly bogged individual will vary, and to do an honest and complete job may take many hours. In such cases the Cramming Officer should schedule a time daily where he can work with the person while still leaving himself time to handle his other cramming traffic. Related Handlings For a staff member, auditor or interne to get very badly bogged, one must ask the question: Where was that person's senior or supervisor while the person was digging himself into trouble? The fact of having a badly bogged individual to handle would usually mean that the person or persons who previously attempted to handle the badly bogged person need cramming as well. By knowing and using the gamut of our corrective technology there is no reason to have Tech or Admin personnel in an org who are bogged and unable to successfully do their jobs. It takes willingness to apply the tech with no compromise and some patience while the person works out of his tangles. But the benefits to the org and individual are well worth the efforts. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk BOARD OF DIRECTORS Copyright $c 1981 of the by L. Ron Hubbard CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED OF CALIFORNIA  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=27/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0    Remimeo Cramming Officers C/Ses Execs Staff  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 27 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo Cramming Officers C/Ses Execs Staff (This HCOB replaces BTB 12 Jun 73 I, Cramming Series 12, THE TOOLS OF CRAMMING, which was cancelled by HCOB/PL 1 Sep 81 CRAMMING BTBs AND BPLs CANCELLED. The sample LRH cramming orders from that BTB have been included in this HCOB and additional LRH cramming orders have been added. Data on the tools of cramming is now contained in the new Cramming Series 4, HCOB 20 Aug 81 entitled CRAMMING TOOLS.) Cramming Series 12 EXAMPLES OF LRH CRAMMING ORDERS (Ref. HCOB/HCO PL 24 Aug 81 Cramming Series 8, C/S Series 70 HOW TO WRITE A CRAMMING ORDER) This HCOB lays out actual cramming orders which I have issued in the past to correct tech and admin personnel under my supervision. They are not presented as examples to be followed rotely. They are simply given to provide practical examples and practical guidance both to those who write cramming orders and to Cramming Officers. The following cramming orders are grouped under the headings of "Auditors," "C/Ses and C/Ses I/T," "Examiners," "Execs and Admin Personnel," "Marketing" and "Film Crew." AUDITORS: 1. "Auditor missed an F/N. Check meter position and general admin habits that would cause this. She must be able to see the meter, pc and admin in one look. Check eyesight. Also Code and TRs, of course." LRH 13 May 72 2. "Worksheets utterly indecipherable. She 'clarifies' by overwriting words in blue, instead of correctly printing above in red. Have her practice legible handwriting rapidly until she can." LRH 13 May 72 HCOB 27.8.81 - 2 - 3. "Does not put enough down in a worksheet to make sense. She must learn what to put down, what not to. Things that move TA, Dn step numbers, items that fall on 2WC and overts and withholds. And enough sense so a C/S can use it and see what happened." LRH 13 May 72 4. "Commits auditing error, blames pc. Get off her overts on pcs. Check her out on Standard Dianetic C/Sing." LRH 12 May 72 5. "Missed first item's F/N on list. L&N laws. Metering. Check it for position during admin." LRH 3 June 72 6. "Metering. Placement of meter may have been upset by concentration on admin. Missed a no-read on the pc. Or isn't checking. Get metering and admin sorted out as a coordination." LRH 2 June 72 7. "Flubbed ARC Break handling. Look at folder. Get the Mis-U and drill her on ARC Break handling." LRH 6 June 72 8. "WCing over out lists, out ruds. M6 on key words of her post. M4 on programming sequences. In clay purpose of a program. In clay purpose of an auditor." LRH 18 July 72 9. "Auditor breaks up when pcs say something funny by report. Clobbered the F/N. He also assessed an uncleared list and missed Mis-U words and didn't handle even when it read. TRs the HARD WAY." LRH 16 April 72 10. "Auditor's pc is talking long long long. Clear Invalidation. Then work out in clay what invalidation is and what it would do to a pc. Then in clay how a pc would Itsa overlong on out TR2. Then TRs." LRH 21 May 72 11. "Couldn't follow an ARC Break chain down or pull a withhold. Just sat and watched a meter. Didn't do C/S. No session control. 'Auditor Rights' unknown. Retread Academy Levels 0 to IV. TRs." LRH 10 Sept 72 12. "Cramming on missed withholds. Let a pc get off an overt without telling him (the auditor) what the overt was. The pc even revived but wouldn't say." LRH 10 Jan 72 13. "Missed pc being wholly out of session. Session admin out -- can't easily follow it. Practice writing. 1. Definition of in session -- Word Clear M4 and in clay. 2. Rapid writing LEGIBLY." LRH 7 Mar 72 HCOB 27.8.81 - 3 - 14. "Apparently thinks sending an auditor to cramming is an Ethics or punishment action. Was very aggrieved at having been sent to cramming by me. 0. Review last cramming action. 1. Meter check for overts and withholds on pcs and C/Ses. 2. Find out where she hasn't really completed a grade or study. 3. Meter check for Mis-Us on tech. 4. Mis-Us on cramming and the purpose of it." LRH 27 Jan 72 15. "Violation of HCO PL 21 Nov 62 CSW. C/S opinion requested but no folder, no data. Pack of Dev-T PLs starrate. CSW in clay and how Dev-T overloads lines." LRH 2 Mar 72 16. "Dev-T -- challenging a cramming order on a Dev-T folder with more Dev-T." LRH 1 Mar 72 17. "Aside from any Out Tech, this auditor, out of two folders, has in each one left one item on a list unhandled. Causes C/S Dev-T. M4 and starrate Dev-T pack." LRH 12 Apr 72 C/Ses AND C/Ses I/T: 1. "C/S Series M4. Then study it. He missed obvious things and doesn't head auditors into a dead right correction." LRH 2. "Get this C/S to do C/S Series 57 as a familiarity action on the HGC. It can be done a bit each day. It must be metered as honestly done." LRH 15 June 72 3. "Gave a well done to an Auditor for word clearing over an Out List, Out Rud pc. M6 on his post. M4 on C/S Series, about sequence of Out Lists, ruds in programming. In clay on purpose and actions of a C/S in handling cases. In clay on purpose and actions of a C/S in handling Auditors." LRH 10 Sept 72 4. "Q and A C/Sing. 1. HCOB 19 Jun 70, C/S Q AND A. Get off the misunderstood word. 2. C/S Series 1 -- AUDITORS RIGHTS. MWHs = critical." LRH 5 Dec 71 5. "Submitted a C/S with no program. C/S and her review auditor are in the dangerous practice of C/Sing without a program. Review auditor never ordered corrected. 1. Get all programming misunderstoods found and off. C/S Series 31, #6 especially. Must be misunderstood words on programming. 2. Find misunderstood words in her 'Areas of C/S uncertainty' as she says she is uncertain." LRH 17 Jan 72 HCOB 27.8.81 - 4 - 6. "Noted pc in sad effect and placed ARC Bk (Ruds) of long duration after L3B. 1. C/S Series 44R addition is missed. Doesn't realize consequences of running pc over out ruds. Mis-Us on programs. C/S 44R addition." LRH 2 Mar 72 7. "Lost Pre-OT off lines who was to complete OT III. Do in clay Solo C/S's flow lines. How do they lose people? Essays. How could they prevent it? In clay." LRH 23 Dec 71 EXAMINERS: 1. "As Examiner, runs words together on Exam Reports. Makes it hard to read. 1. Clear up any Mis-Us on USE of Exam Reports. 2. Practice rapid writing, spacing words so they are legible." LRH 23 Feb 72 2. "False Exam. Did not distinguish an ARC Break needle even when the pc challenged it with 'Was it?' 1. Check out on meter reads. 2. Drill on obnosis. 3. Cure the stare people don't like." LRH 10 Feb 72 EXECS AND ADMIN PERSONNEL: 1. "Sent an incomplete program up. Cram her on PL NOT DONES, HALF DONES AND BACKLOGS. On Dev-T pack." LRH 9 Aug 72 2. "Is flunking on evaluation. Method 7 WC Handle. Method 4 Data Series. Get him to define a Why per Data Series. Have him rattle off all the outpoints until he can, with examples of each." LRH 11 July 72 3. "There is something adrift here. Possibly confront or people or getting people to work. She operates as an HCO Expeditor. She is perfectly willing to work personally and does a good job. However, her actions here tell us why her org fell apart with her as Org Officer. Instead of organizing -- org boarding people, recruiting, training, hatting, putting in Ethics, etc., she clears up backlogs as an HCO Expeditor. She does not get people to get the work done but does the work. Establish the fact -- (1) Can she handle PEOPLE. (2) Can she recruit? (3) Can she train? (4) Can she compile packs? (5) Does she know theory of org board and posting? (6) Does she know Ethics, including investigation? (7) Does she believe she can get people to work? Or is it 'faster to do it yourself?' Straighten out what is found." LRH 22 Jan 72 4. "Did not follow orders. 1. Meter check for Mis-Us related to orders, key post terms. Clear up. 2. Check up on his attitude to his post. 3. Find the bug on reasonableness on post." LRH 10 Feb 72 HCOB 27.8.81 - 5 - 5. "Posting with a gap in Qual. No formal coverage of Interne Super functions while Interne Super on leave, thus overloading the QEO with interne Super. HAS-HCO Cope Off Hat M4. In clay, posting an org board from the top down to cover all lower functions and why one does, shown in clay." LRH 12 Mar 72 6. "Let her area collapse. 1. Check WC1. 2. Check managing by stats PLs for Mis-Us. 3. WC4 Data Series. 4. Have her do evals that don't blame wrong targets." LRH 27 Jan 72 7. "Cut a comm line. Messed up an evening schedule by saying she 'didn't know'. Is wholly unaware of an existing scene. Attention fixed on something, easily upset, withholdy. M4 on 'Policy'. M4 on post. Dev-T pack starrate." LRH 5 Mar 72 8. "Blames other activities for own low stats and failures instead of policing and handling own area. Does not know a Why by definition is something you can use to improve a scene. 1. Check WC1 for errors. 2. WC4 on Data Series. Get her to do numerous evals that have Whys you can handle (that don't put it on God or other Divs). LRH 27 Jan 72 9. "Data Series M4 and in clay. Gave me an eval lacking in CONSISTENCY (why on one subject area -- program on another). Did not locate the right Why." LRH 9 Mar 72 10. "She is to be crammed on 1. What files are. 2. What the uses of files are. 3. What her products are." LRH 15 Mar 72 11. "Is not being a Product Off for his Div. Stats way down. Out admin and Out Ethics in Div. Find out Why he can't get production or quality. Cram." LRH 22 Mar 72 MARKETING: 1. "Get the Crashing Mis-U which underlies surveys, use of surveys, buttons, positioning, etc. Also find out what trouble she is having in writing English. Handle." LRH 1 Oct 79 2. "He apparently doesn't know the difference between a poster and a handout and he's also about to waste a piece of artwork into a poster form. Please get him cleared up on these terms and find out what false data he's sitting on." LRH 15 Oct 79 3. "She has just been crammed and yet she has just done a submission which could not be further off the rails on the subject of this poster. It doesn't have anything to do HCOB 27.8.81 - 6 - with the subject she is trying to sell. It is in fact disassociated. Some sort of a Crashing Mis-U has been missed on the basics of Marketing or some cramming has been mis-done here. Please review this quickly." LRH 18 Sept 79 4. "These surveys show an ignorance of survey tech or PR or how you name things. The questions do not lead to any solution of it. "Actually they decided what the name should be and then surveyed some people to find out what it was, according to the surveys I can find here. "There is some Crashing MU or something of the sort on the subject of survey tech, positioning and so forth PLs. And there is certainly an inability to view things from an audience or public viewpoint to see how they sound. "Please handle." LRH 6 Sept 79 FILM CREW: 1. "The editors don't understand the sequence and use of their equipment and that's why they won't even get it in shape or take care of it. Get these Crashing MUs or false data out of the line so we can get some movies out. "They are out of ARC with their equipment and their films and therefore they can't cut it. "It requires ruds flown on equipment and post and Reach and Withdraw on everything in the space. This is in addition to their Crashing MUs and any false data. Let's get this handled. "Get this done on all of the editors." LRH 15 Sept 79 2. "Cram the lighting technicians and drill them on manual dexterity. "They took an age to light the set once they had to change some bulbs. "It shouldn't take that long." LRH 18 Sept 79 In these cases, when the basic outnesses were corrected the flubs were found to have occurred most commonly because of one or more of the following: 1. Didn't know the material (hadn't studied it). 2. Hadn't drilled the material sufficiently. 3. Misunderstood words. HCOB 27.8.81 - 7 - In some cases the person had a Crashing Mis-U underlying the whole subject. And false data on the subject or action also often turned up on these crams. In each case, with the outnesses fully handled in Cramming, the difficulty straightened out and the person began improving in his or her area. While these crams do not cover every section of an org, nor the use of all the Cramming tools available, they do give enough examples to show how Cramming can be used to good advantage to achieve the product of a corrected individual. A cramming order needn't be lengthy. But the more exactly and accurately it names the outness observed, the more easily the Cramming Officer can do his job and the more swiftly the person can be corrected to a win. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTCU:dr Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=26/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 11 HIGH CRIME CHECKOUTS AND TECHNICAL OKS   Remimeo Cramming Officers Interne Sups Tech Qual HCO  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 26 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo Cramming Officers Interne Sups Cramming Series 11 Tech Qual HCO HIGH CRIME CHECKOUTS AND TECHNICAL OKS Ref: HCO PL 8 Mar 66 URGENT -- HIGH CRIME Reiss. 30.8.80 HCO B 28 Apr 71 OKAYS TO AUDIT IN HGCs HCO B 19 Aug 79R HIGH CRIME -- ADDITION Rev. 30.6.80 HIGH CRIME CHECKOUTS AND WORD CLEARING The Cramming Officer has, as one of his major responsibilities, the task of ensuring that High Crime checkouts are kept in PT. New bulletins and technical policies are High Crimed on all C/Ses, auditors, supervisors and internes according to their class and training level in accordance with HCO PL 8 Mar 66 HIGH CRIME. HCOB 19 Aug 79R HIGH CRIME -- ADDITION HIGH CRIME CHECKOUTS AND WORD CLEARING is followed to the letter and the checkouts should be done within 24 hours of receipt of the issue. High Crime Checkouts High Crime checkouts are done by auditors to their highest class. For example, Class VIII auditors must High Crime checkout on all relevant issues designated to Class VIIIs or below. A NED auditor would check out on any relevant Dianetic issues. The C/S High Crimes all issues applicable to his C/Sing level. Internes do their High Crime checkouts under the Interne Supervisor usually on a twinning basis with another interne. High Crime checkouts are always done in Qual. They can be done by the Cramming Officer himself or the Interne Supervisor or preferably on a twinning basis under the supervision of either. Attestations are never accepted on any High Crime checkout. (Ref. HCO) PL 25 Sep 79 I URGENT -- IMPORTANT, SUCCESSFUL TRAINING LINEUP) Each must be done per HCOB 19 Aug 79R HIGH CRIME -- ADDITION HIGH CRIME CHECKOUTS AND WORD CLEARING. Any confusions, disagreements or strange ideas found while doing High Crimes are handled immediately with word clearing, false data stripping or any other corrective tool needed. The High Crime Log The Cramming Officer must have and maintain a log book in which new issues and High Crime checkouts are recorded. HCOB 26.8.81 - 2 - When a new issue arrives in an org a copy must go immediately to the Cramming Officer, who logs it in his book and then sees to it that sufficient copies are made available at once to ensure that checkouts can be done with no delay. Following is an example of how the pages of the log could be arranged. NAME | ISSUE A | ISSUE B | ISSUE C | ISSUE D | ISSUE E | ISSUE F | ISSUE G | (Title | (Title | (Title | (Title | (Title | (Title | (Title | & Date) | & Date) | & Date) | & Date) | & Date) | & Date) | & Date) -----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------- Fred Black | Date | Date | Date | Date | Date | Date | Date Cl VIII | | | | | | | -----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------- Joe Howard | Date | Date | xxxxxxx | Date | xxxxxxx | Date | xxxxxxx Cl IV | | | xxxxxxx | | xxxxxxx | | xxxxxxx -----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------- Mel Morrey | Date | Date | Date | Date | Date | Date | Date HSST | | | | | | | -----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------- Anne Moyer | Date | xxxxxxx | xxxxxxx | xxxxxxx | xxxxxxx | Date | xxxxxxx NED | | xxxxxxx | xxxxxxx | xxxxxxx | xxxxxxx | | xxxxxxx -----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------- (Etc.) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | The log is dated when the person does his High Crime checkout for the issue entered at the top of the log. If the person is not required to do a High Crime checkout on the issue a slash is drawn through the appropriate box opposite his name. When an interne passes a High Crime checkout it is signed off on his interneship checksheet rather than in the log book. The Cramming Officer retains the High Crime Log and must keep it up to date at all times. Mimeo Delays Mimeo delays can be very destructive to an organization and the Cramming Officer must scream long and loud if new bulletins or policy letters are delayed by Mimeo either locally or at a higher level. Reports should be sent to the HAS, LRH Comm, Keeper of Tech and/or the ED if the delay is local or to the Keeper of Tech International at Flag if the delay is other than local. Mimeo checklists of all issues should be sent out from Flag periodically to all orgs and the Cramming Officer should use these to check against the issues he has received. HCOB 26.8.81 - 3 - Department 3 Inspections The High Crime Log should be inspected weekly by the Inspections Officer or the Dir I & R to ensure that the High Crime checkouts are in PT. Violations of High Crime policies are not to be treated lightly. The Cramming Officer can expect ethics action to be taken on him by HCO in accordance with HCO PL 8 Mar 66 HIGH CRIME if the High Crime Log shows backlogged High Crime checkouts. The Qual Sec is also culpable in the matter. Okays to Audit Anyone doing technical actions in an org, whether as an HGC auditor, Interne or otherwise, must first acquire a "Qual okay to audit" the action. Internes, of course, acquire their OKs on their interneships. Staff auditors do new courses and interneships as well. If a new process or technique is released which is not yet part of a course, but is designated to a course that the auditor has previously completed, the auditor would obtain his "OK to audit" the action from the Cramming Officer or Interne Supervisor before doing the action. "Okays to audit" never replace the need to do a full course. For instance, one would never be allowed to merely High Crime the Happiness Rundown issues and then audit the HRD. One would have to do the Happiness Rundown course first and then do the HRD Interneship which gives one his okay to audit the HRD?. It's never one without the other and never in any other sequence than (1) Course done (2) "Okay to audit" obtained in Qual on the Interneship. This holds true for C/Ses as well. One does his course and then his interneship and receives his "okays to C/S" in this fashion. "OKs" for new techniques or processes which are not yet part of a course, but are designated to a course that the C/S has previously done, are obtained from the Cramming Officer or Intern Supervisor. There are some posts in the org other than auditor, C/S or interne which call for technical actions to be done as part of the duties of the post. Examples are Ethics Officers doing PTS interviews or other metered interviews, word clearers, those doing metered debugs, D of Ps, Estos doing Product Clearing, etc. These terminals must High Crime check out on issues pertinent to the action and must obtain Qual OKs to do the specific action required by their post duties or do a course and interneship if applicable, such as in the case of word clearers. The Qual Sec, Cramming Officer or C/S may withdraw a specific "okay to audit" or "okay to C/S" or any other "okay" if found to have been falsely issued by reason of numerous flubs. References which cover interneships and the "okay to audit" system are: HCO PL 24 Aug 71 INTERNE CHECKSHEETS OKAYS TO AUDIT HCO B 28 Apr 71 OKAYS TO AUDIT IN HGCs HCOB 26.8.81 - 4 - HCO B 19 Jul 71 C/S Series 52, INTERNES HCO B 7 Jan 72 TRAINING AND INTERNING STAFF AUDITORS HCO B 26 Feb 78 INTERNESHIPS VS COURSES It has been clearly established over the years that the omission of High Crime checkouts always leads to a crashed Div IV statistic. Therefore, the Cramming Officer should make it a big point of personal pride that the High Crime checkouts never get backlogged in his org. The future of the org depends to a great extent on the policies on High Crime checkouts and "okays to audit" being followed zealously. With these policies in, the standard of Technical delivery in the org will only improve. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=25/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 9R C/S Series 68R THE C/S AND CRAMMING CYCLES   Remimeo All C/Ses Cramming Offices  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo All C/Ses Cramming (Cancels and replaces BTB 8 Dec 71, Offices same title, which incorrectly stated that a C/S should know the Data Series in order to be able to handle incomplete cramming orders.) (Revisions in Script) (Ellipsis Indicates Deletion) Cramming Series 9R C/S Series 68R THE C/S AND CRAMMING CYCLES A fast way for any C/S to go into Doubt about the skills of his Auditors is to send them to Cramming and get only a "done" back. Cramming is there to find the real cause of any error. So if this is not made known to the C/S he has a "something is wrong with Joe's TRs" which hangs up in time and never is resolved. A response from Cramming to an order from the C/S to "check his TRs -- Pc's TA went low in session -- " which states: "I checked his TRs and they are good. But he audited the Pc in a room that was overhot and the cans were too big. He has been drilled on Auditor's Code and session environment handling and HCOBs on TA Errors and now has this down pat. It won't happen again," leaves the C/S in no doubt as to what really happened. What's more he can order this repaired on the Pc by a "2wc on times he felt worried about his TA or F/Ns" taken E/Sim to F/N (which will clear it up). Furthermore the Auditor now knows that the C/S knows what the real error was, doesn't get hung with a withhold or a false idea about his TRs from the C/S. In essence one is putting the Exact Truth on the line. So the following rule is now mandatory in all HGCs and Quals: THE CRAMMING OFFICER IS ALWAYS ON ANY CRAMMING ORDER TO REPORT THE EXACT OUTNESSES FOUND OR THE EXACT SESSION GOOFS, WITH ANY ADDITIONAL DATA, IN DETAIL, TO THE C/S. A C/S receiving a Cramming Order back which hasn't found the real cause of the error or which is incomplete or does not make sense when compared with the session and its results MUST return the Cramming Slip to the Cramming Officer requiring the cram be completed or the actual outness found and corrected. A good C/S should . . . be able to spot such outpoints at once. He would go over the session with the Cramming Officer and point out what it is he wants handled. HCOB 25.8.81 - 2 - This data is not theoretical but is taken from actual practical experience in C/Sing. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:HTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=24/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 8 C/S Series 70 HOW TO WRITE A CRAMMING ORDER  Type = 12 iDate=12/12/71 Volnum=0 Issue=14 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo All Execs All Staff All Orgs All Missions Cramming Officer Hat  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo All Execs (Also issued as an HCO Policy Letter All Staff of the same date and same title.) All Orgs All Missions (This HCOB/PL replaces BTB 12 Dec 71R XIV, Cramming Cramming Series 8R, C/S Series 70R, HOW Officer Hat TO WRITE UP A CRAMMING ORDER, which has been cancelled by HCOB/PL 1 Sep 81, CRAMMING BTBs AND BPLs CANCELLED, and expands upon the data originally given in the BTB on writing cramming orders. The data herein applies equally to both technical and admin cramming.) Cramming Series 8 C/S Series 70 HOW TO WRITE A CRAMMING ORDER (Refs: HCO PL 28 Dec 67 QUAL SENIOR DATUM BOOK: DIANETICS 55!, Chapter IV, Accent on Ability) NOTE: With the issuance of this HCOB/PL it becomes mandatory that any technical or administrative staff must word clear and be starrate checked out on this issue before writing a cramming order on any staff member, student or other individual. To fail to write cramming orders on tech or admin staff when cramming is needed can lower the quality of products and technical application at an alarming rate. Next to the importance of writing the cramming order at all is the necessity of ensuring it is written clearly and correctly. THERE IS A STANDARD WAY TO WRITE A CRAMMING ORDER. Here are the simple rules that apply: a) ISOLATE THE EXACT ERROR OR ERRORS AND STATE THESE CLEARLY (i.e., VIOLATION OF A POLICY LETTER, HCOB, etc.) NOT JUST THE SITUATION RESULTING FROM THE ERROR OR ERRORS. b) INDICATE THE EXACT HCOBs, POLICY LETTERS, BOOKS, TAPES OR OTHER REFERENCES THAT HAVE BEEN VIOLATED. c) WRITE THE ORDER IN A POSITIVE, NON-INVALIDATIVE WAY. d) ENSURE THAT THE ORDER CONTAINS SPECIFICS, NOT GENERALITIES. e) ENSURE THAT THE ORDER IS BASED ON FACTUAL, NOT FALSE, DATA. HCOB 24.8.81 - 2 - A standard, spot-on cramming order that gives specifics and is in-ARC, helps to ensure standard cramming results. QUAL SENIOR DATUM The fact that a senior, C/S, executive or any other staff member has written a cramming order per the above rules does not relieve the Cramming Officer of his responsibility to apply the Qual Senior Datum: QUAL NEVER NEVER NEVER TAKES THE ORDER OR DIRECTION OF ANY OTHER DIVISION OR STAFF MEMBER ON WHAT TO DO TECHNICALLY WITH A STUDENT OR PC. (Ref. HCO PL 28 Dec 67 QUAL SENIOR DATUM) The same rule would apply when staff are being handled in Qual. Thus, according to Qual Senior Datum, the Cramming Officer must not rotely take orders but must do his own investigation and handling. It will be found that there is usually a valid corrective action to be made. CRAMMING ORDER MIS-USE Cramming Orders are never written based on hearsay or when an outness is not observable. To do so is laziness. It not only creates dev-t but can be destructive. And in doing so one runs the risk of acting on a false or altered report. The issuer of a cramming order has the responsibility of finding out what the error was. It is almost always possible to isolate the error if the person writing the cramming order bothers to look. Even when the exact error can't be pinpointed, one doesn't enter generalities into the cramming order but gives all the specifics possible. In Tech, questionable tech points should not be crammed. This is well covered in HCOB 9 June 71 III, C/S Series 43, C/S RULES. In Admin, cramming a staff member on a questionable admin point creates dev-t or ill will or, worst of all, can submerge the staff member's initiative. Further data on this is contained in Cramming Series 7, ADMIN CRAMMING. At times it may be necessary to send a staff member to cramming with the request to do a full Product Debug, if other actions taken to correct the person's post production have been fruitless. But again specifics on the exact situation and what actions have already been done to handle must be clearly stated. (This in no way negates the responsibility of executives and staff to use debug tech themselves as a part of their daily post functions.) One doesn't use cramming orders in place of on-the-job hatting, which is a senior's or Org Officer's function, nor in place of a deserved ethics chit, nor as a substitute for use of the comm cycle. And one does not enter invalidation or entheta into the cram. HCOB 24.8.81 - 3 - Invalidative Cramming Orders To enter entheta or derogatory or invalidative remarks or comments into a cramming order is never okay, as it simply defeats the purpose of cramming and can cause a staff member to go downhill fast. Negative criticism is also included under this subject. Just as negative criticism can undermine an auditor (HCOB 22 Jan 77 IN-TECH, THE ONLY WAY TO ACHIEVE IT and HCOB 28 Jun 69RA Re-rev. 21.9.78, C/S, HOW TO CASE SUPERVISE DIANETIC FOLDERS), so can it undermine any other staff member. When a cramming order is received that violates any of the above, the Cramming Officer is responsible for correcting the person writing the order. The whole purpose of writing cramming orders and cramming staff is to help them do their jobs better and to enhance their abilities. Chapter IV, Accent on Ability, DIANETICS 55! should be studied along with this HCOB as an aid to writing proper cramming orders. GRADIENTS When a staff member or student first makes a technical or administrative error, his senior or the person finding the error (C/S, Examiner, executive or fellow staff member) should write an "instruct," indicating the error made and giving the reference material in which the correct data and its application can be found. If the person who received the instruction then makes the same error again he should then be sent to cramming to ensure it gets terminatedly handled. A third error means a retread is called for. (See C/S Series 84, FLUBLESS C/SING.) A senior has the responsibility to his juniors and to the organization to ensure these gradients are carried out. (NOTE: The instruction step may be omitted and the individual sent directly to cramming if the error is of a nature that is immediately and severely affecting org lines or products.) CONFIDENTIAL CRAMMING ORDERS Confidential cramming orders (those on confidential technical materials or other confidential matters) are always put in a sealed envelope or inside the pc folder with the word CONFIDENTIAL clearly written on it and the level of material clearly marked. Confidential cramming orders never go off org lines or to lower orgs not okayed to have the data. MAKING COPIES OF CRAMMING ORDERS In the case of the C/S writing a cramming order, three copies are made. The original goes to the Cramming Officer. HCOB 24.8.81 - 4 - The second copy stays in the pc folder and is not removed, since it serves as proof that the C/S caught the errors and ordered the needed correction on the auditor. The C/S keeps the remaining copy so he has a record of what crams have or have not been done and can chase them up and ensure his cramming orders are complied with. All other cramming orders are always written in duplicate at least, with the original sent to the Cramming Officer and the copy to the person being crammed. Where others, such as seniors, other networks or senior orgs need to be informed, extra copies would be made and sent to the appropriate terminals on standard routing lines. No matter how many copies are made the original always goes to the Cramming Officer and the first copy goes to the person being crammed. Production and morale are usually high in an org that has a standard Cramming Unit and whose staff know how to write correct cramming orders and who do so when these are needed. Following the simple guidelines in this issue will raise the quality of cramming orders written and will also help to raise the quality of cramming results. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=23/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 7 ADMIN CRAMMING   Remimeo Cramming Officers Qual Div Execs HCO  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo Cramming Officers Qual Div Execs HCO Cramming Series 7 ADMIN CRAMMING (Ref. HCO PL 11 April 70, THIRD DYNAMIC TECH) A prosperous org is one which has its ethics, tech and admin effectively in. (ADMIN: The abbreviation for ADMINISTRATION, which is the subject of how to organize or establish or correct the spaces, terminals, flows, line duties, equipment, material and so forth of a production group so as to establish optimum volume, quality and visibility.) We have arrived at a point in our progression where Admin Cramming must come into its own. There is no intention and there must never be any intention that Admin Cramming be emphasized to the exclusion or neglect of Tech Cramming. Rather the two must exist side by side and Admin Cramming brought up to the same high level of precision and accuracy as Tech Cramming. For one corrects and improves the application of First Dynamic Tech and the other corrects and improves the application of Third Dynamic Tech. It takes both to add up to a high level of survival for an org. (Ref: HCO PL 11 Apr 70, THIRD DYNAMIC TECH) This issue covers several points of importance pertaining to Admin Cramming. HANDLING THE CRAMMING LOAD Permitting admin crams to backlog or go into neglect is courting trouble. Where it is permitted to happen there is either a lack of care in regard to the administrative areas of the org or the Cramming Officer is too overloaded and a second Cramming Officer is needed. If the workload of the Cramming Unit is such that there are enough tech crams to take up the whole day then an additional Cramming Officer must be gotten on post without delay. In the meantime the Qual Sec must ensure that admin crams do get done. HANDLING THE ADMIN CRAMMING CYCLE The Basic Cramming Procedure laid out in Cramming Series 2 applies equally to both admin and tech cramming. It is important to understand that, while this is the basic procedure, it is not a rote procedure. HCOB 23.8.81 - 2 - In admin, the real outness can seem to be obscure. The basic knowledge is there, well covered in HCO Policy Letters, tapes and the OEC Volumes. But with administration there is a fairly wide, diversified range of actions to cover. The apparency can be that it is complex. This is an apparency and is certainly not true for the person who knows his org basics, the structure of an org, lines and terminals and who knows the route on which particles must flow. But the mere fact that this apparency can exist (if not for the Cramming Officer himself it often can exist for the person being crammed) -- makes the "LOOK, DON'T LISTEN" rule doubly important when handling admin cramming cycles. To dig out exactly where the trouble lies, a smart Cramming Officer will get the person to SHOW him what he did. Get him to demonstrate it by going through the motions. How does the Receptionist greet and handle a public person? What does the Cashier actually do when making out an invoice, and where does he route it or file it? Can the Mimeo Operator operate his machine competently, per it, instruction manual? Or, in the case of an exec, how does he conduct his product conferences? Or his inspection of the areas under him? Go into the staff member's area with him, if needed. In many instances, if a person is asked what was done, he may not report accurately what was done due to confusions in the area. If at all possible, a Cramming Officer should get person to SHOW him what he did. Clay Demos Don't underestimate the value of clay demos in admin cramming. Once the MUs are found and handled, a clay demo based on the applicable reference can make the difference between a fully handled cramming cycle and a partially handled one. Admin Cramming And Drilling Another tool which too often gets neglected in Admin Cramming is drilling. Certainty of action is gained through drilling on the correct action after all the misunderstoods are cleared up and the key materials studied. An organization runs as smoothly as each of the individuals knows and can do the functions of his post. Scientology Basics The admin basics are a knowledge of the org board, lines, terminals, cycles of action, dispatch routing, Dev-T, etc. But all the tools of tech cramming can also apply. There is not an org post that doesn't require use of Scientology tech basics, such as TRs, the ARC Triangle, and the like. What post doesn't need and use the comm formula? So where it's a lack of knowledge or use of these basics that's causing the trouble, the Cramming Officer handling admin cramming cycles ensures they go in. HCOB 23.8.81 - 3 - Getting The Actual Area Of Confusion To always take up what seems on first appearance to be the area of confusion can lead to crams which do not end in terminated cycles of action. Unlike Tech areas where errors usually show themselves very quickly (with red tag pcs and non-F/N students) bad goofs in Admin can occur but often fail to appear until some time later. The Cramming Officer should suspect that he hasn't got the right area to cram (or that he has not discovered the actual outness), if the cram doesn't seem to be going anywhere or if the person is not brightening up during the cram. The actual outness needing handling will bring in GIs on the person being crammed once it is located. ARBITRARIES AND VERBAL DATA In some orgs, the administrative areas of the organization can often be prone to false data and arbitraries. This is especially the case in an org where there are many green staff and/or relatively untrained execs. Where this is the case, it tends to show up during a cramming cycle or even in the cramming orders themselves, and anyone handling admin cramming should be on the lookout for it. The Glib Cramming Order If there is one thing that can add hours to the Cramming Officer's day and cause misses in cramming, it is the glib type of cramming order. Examples of this are: "This staff member can't do his post properly, so cram him," or "Joe isn't making it in Treasury. He is creating all kinds of Dev-T. Please cram him." The way for the Cramming Officer to handle is to return the cramming order to the originator to be clarified and made specific. He would also cram the originator on the correct way to write a cramming order. Mis-Use Of Admin Crams Admin crams can be mis-used. Sometimes a senior employees a cramming order to attempt to get an outness corrected which he should actually be handling himself. Some seniors use cramming orders instead of the actual on-the-job hatting that should be taking place in the junior's area. Executives have a responsibility for training their juniors (Ref. HCO PL 15 Sep 70R ETHICS IMPORTANT EXECUTIVE RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRAINING STAFF), and the Cramming Officer should return any cramming order which seeks to have cramming handle that which the originator himself should be handling. A cramming order is sometimes even used in place of the comm cycle! Where this is detected, the Cramming Officer must handle the senior (as well as any valid cram on the junior) and get him wearing his senior hat correctly. Why can't he get in comm with his junior before resorting to cramming? Has he tried? If there's a situation there it's up to the Cramming Officer to spot it and handle. HCOB 23.8.81 - 4 - Admin crams have even, on some occasions, been used in place of chits. When this happens, cramming is landed with an ethics particle (if the chit is deserved) rather than a Qual particle. For instance, an annoyance report is the subject of an ethics chit, not a cramming order. A sharp Cramming Officer soon learns to detect mis-crams and acts to get admin cramming used properly. LACK OF HATTING One doesn't try to hat an as-yet-unhatted staff member through cramming. It is pointless to try to cram, cram, cram a flubby staff member into being a success on post when he hasn't even done his hat. This is not to say that you shouldn't cram flubby staff. But why not invest your energy towards achieving a terminated handling of the staff member, namely by seeing to it he gets hatted! TOO NARROW A VIEW From all the above, it can be seen that a Cramming Officer who takes too narrow a view, who doesn't inspect for the actual situation, but simply sits at his desk taking orders from anywhere and anyone, will not make it. He's got to handle admin cramming cycles realistically, and get at the actual root of the trouble. So he'd better fast get ADMINISTRATION defined and known and under his belt. Then he'll wind up with successes. CORRECTING ADMIN COURSES AND SUPERVISION The same routine inspection that is done of tech courses and supervision must be done of admin courses and their supervision. Admin courses are where the staff get their post training and where they learn the organizational basics. They are also where the org's execs are trained. So these courses must be run per "What Is a Course?" PL and per the PL on "Courses -- Their Ideal Scene." It is the responsibility of the Org Review and Correction Officer (even if held from above by the Dir of Review) to inspect and issue cramming orders on outnesses spotted and it is the responsibility of the Cramming Officer to fully handle such. And where outnesses or negligence on admin courses is found, the supervisor (and sometimes the STO or D of T) must be crammed. FOLLOWING UP ADMIN CRAMMING A good Cramming Officer always keeps a record of the persons he has crammed and follows up the cram by checking on their progress back on post a few days later. This is to ensure that a real and terminatedly handled product was achieved, and the person is now doing well on the area that he was crammed on. HCOB 23.8.81 - 5 - All of this adds up to the need for an adequately manned Cramming Unit in any org. In an organization where the cramming load is greater than can be handled by one Cramming Officer, I am relying on the senior executives to get a second Cramming Officer on post without delay. It is, after all, our Third Dynamic Tech which is at stake. And I am relying on those who handle admin cramming cycles to recognize the scope of Third Dynamic Tech and the value of its correct application. If this is made into a reality we can make giant strides in increasing our survival potential. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTCU:dr Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=22/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 6 TECH CRAMMING   Remimeo Cramming Officers C/Ses Tech Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 22 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo Cramming Officers C/Ses Tech Qual Cramming Series 6 TECH CRAMMING There are certain points the Cramming Officer should know about Tech cramming (as opposed to Admin cramming which is covered in the next issue in this series). Though Tech and Admin cramming procedures and tools are basically the same, the differences which do exist warrant mention. Cramming Auditors Who Have Goofed In a service org, a large part of the Cramming Officer's day is spent cramming auditors. The procedure as laid out in Cramming Series 2 is followed, but the key to most cramming done on flubbed auditors is the folder of the pc on whom the goof was made. The session worksheets usually reveal the goof straight away and then, in most cases, it is a simple matter of getting the material which covers that area of tech and locating the auditor's misunderstoods or false data, followed by any needed clay demos, drilling, etc. The thing to ensure is that all the session errors are located, especially the first one. The most obvious goof is usually the result of an earlier, less obvious goof or auditor confusion in the session. Example: Dianetic chain bogged. An L3RG is done but doesn't resolve it and instead sends the TA out the roof. Obvious flub -- auditor has poor assessment TR-1. Cramming Officer, smart bunny that he is, traces this back earlier and finds that the auditor ignored the fact that there was no fall on the metabolism test, bought pc's PR that he was "sessionable" and attempted to audit a pc who wasn't actually sessionable and so couldn't properly confront and erase engrams that day. So, in addition to handling the auditor's assessment TR-1, the Cramming Officer also thoroughly crams him on references dealing with pc sessionability, metabolism, obnosis of sessionable and unsessionable pcs and bullbaiting on confronting unsessionable pcs trying to PR their way into receiving a session. This isn't a rote handling or even necessarily a complete handling but it gives one an idea. Checking "what happened just before" the goof often reveals either something the auditor didn't understand or something he couldn't control. Such things may not be apparent in the worksheets and may not present themselves until you ask, "What happened just before (the error)?" HCOB 22.8.81 - 2 - If it remains unclear what the error is, and it has been established that there is an error somewhere due to a non-optimum result on the pc, the Cramming Officer should look into factors which do not usually show up in an auditing report. The main points to check into are: a) Out TRs. b) Out metering. c) Code breaks. d) False or incomplete auditing reports. e) Auditor inability tp co-ordinate all the actions of an auditing session smoothly: f) Mis-Us on basics, e.g., the Mind, ARC, Comm Cycle, the Axioms, etc. g) Auditor does not set up an auditing session properly. h) Auditor has a physical defect such as bad eyesight which is affecting his performance. i) Auditor has been trying to audit a wrong C/S or program that does not apply to the case. Checking over the above points with the auditor, such as by getting him to demonstrate, usually enables the Cramming Officer to locate the outness. Still in doubt? Then a TV demo session or tape recorded session will reveal all, and it is well within the Cramming Officer's rights to request that either of these be done as part of a cramming cycle. Get the auditor to show you exactly what he did in the session, get him to demonstrate his session patter and procedure, check over his TRs and metering or get a TV demo or taped session done and the error will be spotted. Usually it doesn't have to go this far, however, and remember most auditors are only too happy io get their confusions sorted out and improve their auditing skills. Auditor's Enhancement From time to time we find that an auditor with out tech on his own case will tend to dramatize that on cases he is auditing (or C/Sing if he is a C/S). The auditor who has been given quickied Objectives may tend to quickie his pcs on Objectives. This isn't always the case, but it has happened. This is not mentioned in license to throw away cramming tech on flubby auditors, but to point out that thorough correction of a flubby auditor may call for correction of outnesses on his own case in addition to the usual cramming/ retreading/retaining. Correcting Courses and Supervisors If the Cramming Officer starts to see a high percentage of auditors from a specific course are landing in cramming. It is way past the time when he should have been looking into the HCOB 22.8.81 - 3 - supervisor and course concerned. He'd better make a thorough inspection of the course room and supervisor in question, and fast! The issues used to spot the outnesses in courses are HCO PL 16 Mar 71R, Rev. 29 Jan 75, WHAT IS A COURSE? and HCOB 30 Oct 78 COURSES -- THEIR IDEAL SCENE. The existing course room scene is simply compared with these issues and all is revealed! Unless Qual is also correcting training where needed, cramming will be overloaded with flubbed products who didn't get the data in the first place. A wise Cramming Officer inspects the course rooms regularly to avoid this and he takes a look at things such as the following: Does the supervisor have his meter get up to handle students who need M2 or M4 Word Clearing? Does the supervisor move around the classroom ensuring that his students are F/Ning by using Pink Sheets and supervisor 2 W/C? Are the student graphs in PT and used as indicators? Are all students on course who should be with "no-shows" being handled and no students off schedule? Are the students applying LRH Study Tech? etc. In short, is the course run on policy per WHAT IS A COURSE? and COURSES -- THEIR IDEAL SCENE, and is the supervisor applying his supervisor technology? A well-trained supervisor who turns out top quality course graduates is a very valuable person and therefore, time spent by the Cramming Officer in ensuring he is corrected, when needed, is time well spent. Drilling Procedures If a student auditor or any tech terminal does not do a thorough job of drilling the procedures he is to use, then it is a near certainty he will make errors and end up in cramming. Therefore, not to insist that students get drilled for blood on their courses and in cramming, is to guarantee yourself an awful lot of out tech and extra work in correcting it. Cramming and the Red Tag Line Per the Red Tag Line as laid out in C/S Series 86RD, the Cramming Officer should receive a list of any Red Tags from the Examiner daily. From this he establishes who should report to cramming within 24 hours. A Red Tag denotes a serious goof and it is important that the flubbing auditor and the C/S, if warranted, are handled thoroughly so the scene does not perpetuate. Cramming and the C/S The line between the C/S and Cramming Officer has more to do with Tech quality than any other line in the org. The liaison should be close and the Cramming Officer has a right to get clarification of points made by the C/S on cramming orders when needed. HCOB 22.8.81 - 4 - Whenever needed, the C/S himself is sent to or called in for cramming. C/Ses goof sometimes, too, and when they do it is dastardly not to correct them. A C/S will get into a a dwindling spiral as a C/S and hinder org delivery if never corrected for his goofs. Don't let it happen to your C/Ses and your org. Tech Cramming Officer Efficiency In any busy service organization the Cramming Officer can have a whole bunch of auditors arrive in cramming early in the morning, all wanting to be handled first in order to get into session and onto production. He should base his activities on maximizing auditor production and minimizing the number of auditing hours lost that day due to auditors being in cramming. He would handle the auditor first who could complete his cram and get into session first. Those with longer crams or with multiple crams he'd handle afterwards. Once he has found the cause of the person's troubles the Cramming Officer can save a lot of time and increase his efficiency by twinning up auditors to word clear, starrate, coach and drill each other on their cramming assignments. Final checkouts and the responsibility of supervision of the twinning are of course the Cramming Officer's, but if he tries to do all the actions himself at times like this he is going to be very overloaded and will hold up org production. With efficient organization, such an inflow can be easily serviced. Summary Superlative Tech Cramming is vital to all orgs that want to have happy pcs and successful auditors. Auditors love to audit and want very much to help their pcs. When they feel they are not doing this they take themselves off the lines very quickly, one way or another. Whenever I hear of an area where there is a shortage of auditors I know whatever else is out in that area, one thing is sure: cramming has become non-existent or very poor. Where an area starts to really flourish and do well, I know that there is a Cramming Officer there who knows his business. Where the pcs are raving about the excellent tech, and org stats are going up, up, up, the Cramming Officer should be looked upon with great respect. He will deserve it! L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BDCSC:LRH:RTC:cu/bk BOARD OF DIRECTORS Copyright $c 1981 of the by L. Ron Hubbard CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED of CALIFORNIA  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=21/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 5 HOW A CRAMMING OFFICER ENSURES THAT HE HAS NO BACKLOGS   Remimeo Cramming Officers Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo Cramming Officers Qual Cramming Series 5 HOW A CRAMMING OFFICER ENSURES THAT HE HAS NO BACKLOGS Ref: HCO PL 4 Oct 70 QUAL HAS NO BACKLOG HCOB 21 Dec 79 C/S Series 107 Cramming Series 20 Qual Corrective Actions on OTs Series 1 AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES, CRAMMING ASSIGNMENT POLICIES HCOB 11 Jan 80 I C/S Series 108 Cramming Series 21 QUAL CORRECTIVE ACTIONS ON OTs The Cramming Officer must never, ever have a backlog of crams to do. (Ref. HCO PL 4 Oct 70 QUAL HAS NO BACKLOG) Certain situations can occur which threaten the Cramming Unit with a backlog. This issue delineates these situations and provides handlings for them. 1. AN OT NEEDS A CRAM DONE ON NON-CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS BUT THE CRAMMING OFFICER IS NOT AN OT. (Ref. Cramming Series 20 and 21) Cramming Series 20 (HCOB 21 Dec 79, AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES, CRAMMING ASSIGNMENT POLICIES) states: "IT IS POLICY NOT TO ASSIGN NON-OT CRAMMING OFFICERS TO OTs AND THE CRAMMING OFFICER MUST NOT BE OF LOWER CASE LEVEL THAN THE OT." Where the situation of OTs needing cramming but no OT Cramming Officer in the org happens frequently an OT Cramming Officer must be posted, at least on a part-time basis. Where such a situation does not occur too frequently, the following is the procedure for handling: a. A qualified OT (i.e., of the same case level as the person being crammed) checks the folder to ensure the OT needing cramming is not in the middle of a major action or repair cycle. b. If okay to do so, a qualified OT first shows the person the cramming order and then flies the person's ruds per Cramming Series 19RA, FLYING RUDS IN CRAMMING. HCOB 21.8.81 - 2 - c. The non-OT Cramming Officer takes over after the ruds are flown, and does an unmetered cram on the OT being crammed. In essence, the action would consist of sitting down with the person, off the meter, finding out where the errors lie and getting the person to study the relevant material. Word Clearing (except Method One Word Clearing which asks "Earlier/similar"), demos, clay demos, drills and starrates may be done, as specified by the Cramming Officer. Cramming Series 20 and 21 clearly lay out what is okay to do and what is not okay when cramming an OT in this situation. d. There is one major precaution: NO SUBJECTIVE QUESTIONS ARE ASKED. Cramming Series 20 and 21 cover this point. e. If a bog occurs which does not resolve the person is sent to the examiner and the exam and all cramming worksheets are gotten to the person's pc folder and sent to the C/S at once. NOTE: Worksheets done during an unmetered cram go in the person's pc folder the same as with metered crams. NOTE: Under no circumstances can a Cramming Officer cram a person on confidential data if he himself is not at least at a case level to which the confidential data pertains. 2. THE PERSON NEEDS CRAMMING BUT CANNOT BE PUT ON THE METER. Every now and then you will find somebody with a cram who is in the middle of an Int Rundown or who has out lists or who for some other case reason can't have his ruds flown, can't be put on a meter in cramming or can't be word cleared. Even though Cramming does not treat people as cases -- it treats them as students or auditors or staff members -- a person with out Int or an out list is not in a position casewise to be crammed and any cramming must wait until the out Int or BPC from the out list is handled. The Cramming Officer should ensure such cases on his lines with cramming orders to do are handled so he can do his own job. It is out-tech to leave a pc with an out list, for example, and if this sort of thing is going unrepaired, those responsible must be handled with cramming and ethics. In rare instances there may be certain other cases where the person needs cramming but cannot be metered for some reason. At these times, C/S okay must be obtained before any cramming is done. When this is obtained an unmetered cram is done. The Cramming Officer sits down with the person off the meter, asking no subjective questions, and finds out what errors were made and gets the person to study and drill the correct references and procedures. Demos, clay demos and star-rate checkouts are okay and ordinarily any non-metered word clearing could be done. HCOB 21.8.81 - 3 - The precautions that must be taken are: (1) NEVER ASK A SUBJECTIVE QUESTION. This can restimulate the person's case, bog the cram and further mess up the case. The less two way comm the better. (2) DON'T FORCE THE PERSON TO DO THE CRAM IF HIS RUDS ARE OBVIOUSLY OUT OR IF HE IS PROTESTING. NOTE: IF FOR SOME REASON A BOG OCCURS DURING SUCH AN UNMETERED CRAM AND IT IS NOT RESOLVING, GET THE PC EXAMINED AND HUSH THE WORKSHEETS WITH FULL DATA INTO THE PC FOLDER AND SEND TO THE C/S AT ONCE. WHETHER A CRAM IS DONE ON A METER OR NOT IT MUST END WITH AN F/N AT THE EXAMINER AND MIST BE ACCOMPANIED BY AN ACCEPTABLE SUCCESS STORY. While it is true that cramming is never done over out ruds, out Int or out Lists, nor a metered cram done on an OT by a non-OT Cramming Officer, one would not reprimand a Cramming Officer for giving a person a correct reference for a subject or action so long as he did not get off into trying to handle a cramming cycle or get into off-line case actions as covered in C/S Series 29. The Cramming Officer who provides assistance to those needing references is not violating any existing policy but is, in fact, simply Keeping Scientology Working. 3. THE PERSON CANNOT BE GOTTEN INTO CRAMMING. There may be many reasons why a person cannot be gotten into cramming such as "too busy" unsessionability due to post pressures, BIs in general on cramming or the person simply refuses to report. These and any other reasons stem from either: a) the person has BIs on cramming and/or study b) out-ethics. One could handle (a) by doing a Cramming Repair Assessment List per HCOB 2 Jun 78RA Cramming Series 18RA and/or one or more of the several correction lists on the subject of study. But other case factors may be present (see Cramming Series 13 HANDLING THE BADLY BOGGED INDIVIDUAL) and it is up to the C/S to determine what is needed. If it is (b) out-ethics, the Cramming Officer normally first assesses and handles a Cramming Repair Assessment List (assuming he is qualified to do so) or gets this done to be sure that the person is not presenting an out-ethics aspect because of BPC on cramming. If this doesn't resolve it, then the person is sent to Ethics or handled by applying the Levels of Ethics Actions as found in HCO PL 28 Apr 65 II ETHICS REVIEW. The Cramming Officer may also have the pay withheld from any staff member who does not report to cramming upon receiving a valid cramming order, or who will not come in to complete a cram. The Cramming Officer need only despatch the Payroll Officer referring to this HCOB and the pay of the staff member must be withheld until such time as the staff member reports to cramming and completes his cram. At that time, the person's pay is given him. The out-ethics person may make a gesture of doing his cram, but in reality will be uninvolved and unwilling to participate in the cramming action. HCOB 21.8.81 - 4 - If a Cramming Officer cannot spot out-ethics (or PTSness, which can cause havoc if not located and handled) when it exists then he may get failures on a small percentage of those he handles. If unsure, the Cramming Officer can always write up his observations and send the person to a competent Ethics Officer with a request to check for any out-ethics situation as this person is not making any progress in cramming. HCOB 28 Aug 81 Cramming Series 13, HANDLING THE BADLY BOGGED INDIVIDUAL is relevant to the matter of handling the person who cannot be gotten into cramming and must be studied and known. 4. ETHICS IS BACKLOGGING CYCLES. This can be a source of a backlog in cramming and so it bears mention. In the event the Cramming Officer has had to send a person to Ethics and Ethics has not swiftly handled, a backlog develops. The Cramming Officer cannot simply say it's not his fault should such occur and let it go. It is still his responsibility to get the crams done and if Ethics is backlogging his cycles then it is up to him to get these rolling. The Cramming Officer can handle by (a) demanding Ethics do its job, (b) cramming the Ethics Officer responsible for the backlog -- if necessary the Cramming Officer can do a debug or have someone else do one per HCO PL 23 Aug 79 I Product Debug Series 1, Esto Series 37, DEBUG TECH and HCO PL 23 Aug 78 II Product Debug Series 2, Esto Series 38, DEBUG TECH CHECKLIST, (c) requesting ethics action be taken on the Ethics Officer concerned. The point is the Cramming Officer does not allow incomplete crams to stack up because Ethics is backlogging ethics cycles. He pushes the ethics cycles through and then gets the crams done! The other way crams can get backlogged is simply too many cramming orders for one Cramming Officer to do. The handling is simple: Call an all hands to clean up the backlog, or better still, post another Cramming Officer! Summary The Cramming Officer has the responsibility of ensuring that undone cramming orders do not accumulate. If he does not do this and backlogs do develop which do not get cleaned up, the Dir Correction and Qual Sec must handle rapidly. QUAL HAS NO BACKLOGS. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit BDCSC:LRH:HTC:bk Accepted by the Copyright $c 1981 BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the by L. Ron Hubbard CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED of CALIFORNIA  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=20/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 4 CRAMMING TOOLS   Remimeo Cramming Officers C/Ses Supervisors Executives Qual Tech HCO  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 20 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo Cramming Officers C/Ses Cramming Series 4 Supervisors Executives Qual Tech HCO CRAMMING TOOLS When one sees staff or students being returned to Cramming repeatedly for the same or similar outnesses, it's a pretty sure sign there's a Cramming Officer sitting on the post who doesn't know his tools. He either doesn't know what his tools are or he doesn't know how to use them. The Cramming Officer of today is fortunate in that he has at his disposal the wide array of debug and corrective materials researched and proven over the last 30 years. A comprehensive list of these materials is laid out in this issue. The list does not substitute for nor change the basic cramming procedure given in Cramming Series 2, which shows the simple steps the whole cramming cycle goes through. What it does do is provide a concise view of the keg materials available to a Cramming Officer to use in following the basic cramming procedure to get cramming successfully done and achieve his product. THE TOOLS OF CRAMMING The list below, while broad, does not pretend to be a full and final list of all the materials a Cramming Officer might need or use, nor is he limited to these alone. There are additional correction lists, additional remedies which might be employed, and there may be new debug or corrective actions developed from time to time. What is given here are the tools most frequently used in standard cramming actions. There is no particular significance to the sequence in which they are listed. ALL FORMS OF WORD CLEARING ALL FORMS OF STUDY TECH THE STUDY TAPES CLAY DEMOS TRS UPPER INDOC TRS LRH MODEL AUDITING TAPES ADMIN TRS DRILLING OF SPECIFIC ACTIONS, PROCESSES OR ROUTINES VERBAL TECH CHECKLIST BASIC AUDITING TAPES (ESSENTIALS OF AUDITING SERIES) BASIC AUDITING SERIES HCOBs HCOB 20.8.81 - 2 - USE OF TAPING AND VIDEO FALSE DATA STRIPPING CRASHING MU FINDING E-METER DRILLS ASSESSMENT DRILLS ANTI Q AND A DRILL WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST CRAMMING REPAIR ASSESSMENT LIST SHORT CRAMMING REPAIR LIST STUDY CORRECTION LIST STUDENT CORRECTION LIST STUDY GREEN FORM STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST FULL PRODUCT DEBUG LEARNING DRILLS REMEDY A REMEDY B STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE STRESS ANALYSIS NED AUDITOR ANALYSIS LIST AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST HC OUT POINT -- PLUS POINT LISTS VARIOUS POST CORRECTION LISTS The majority of these actions can be done as a part of the cramming cycle without any specific C/S okay. However, any which are major case actions, such as a Student Rescue Intensive, Study Green Form, etc., must be C/Sed for. Whether the Cramming Officer does the action himself or has a classed auditor do it does not change the fact that he is the person responsible for seeing that the cycle is taken to a done. THE BASIC TOOL THE BASIC TOOL OF CRAMMING IS THE TECHNOLOGY OF FINDING AND CLEARING MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS. The data on this is fully covered in the Study Tapes and the Word Clearing Series, and there is no need to repeat the whole of that technology here. However: a) as a Cramming Officer is concerned with the cause of the trouble, and b) as the cycle of an overt begins with a misunderstood word or symbol, one can easily see the importance of Word Clearing in cramming. HCOB 20.8.81 - 3 - There is the simple, standard action of taking the Bulletin or Policy Letter the person is hung up on, locating the misunderstood word in it (or in an earlier Bulletin or Policy Letter) and clearing what is found. This alone can work quite magically, often to resolve the entire situation. Sometimes the person has even gone past 20 or 30 misunderstoods and each one has to be found and defined if he is to be terminatedly handled and gotten back on the rails. THE CHOICE OF TOOLS Deciding which tools are needed in order to attain a fully handled cramming cycle is not some magical ability which some Cramming Officers have and others do not. It's a matter of knowing the whole range of tools available, knowing how to use them and what they can accomplish, used correctly. It's also a matter of a Cramming Officer studying and drilling the use of his tools in order to be flawless in their application. After studying this issue, one should review Cramming Series 2 and work out at which point in the procedure each of the tools in this issue might be likely to be used. THE E-METER The E-Meter as a tool for the Cramming Officer deserves its own special mention here. A Cramming Officer must be able to operate an E-Meter, be able to fly ruds and assess and handle prepared lists. He must also be able to find areas of confusion and uncertainty using the meter. In the hands of a competent operator the meter becomes an invaluable tool in determining where an area of trouble lies, what needs to be done and when to do it. KEEPING A CRAMMING LOG BOOK An admin tool for the Cramming Officer is the Cramming Log Book. In this he logs every cramming cycle. The Cramming Log Book should contain a brief but complete record of the cycle. The following might be necessary to provide a complete enough record: a) Name of the person crammed. b) Post title/student (note on which course). c) Date the cramming started. d) Reason sent to cramming/subject needing to be crammed on. e) Cramming actions taken. f) Date the cramming cycle is completed. g) Name of the Cramming Officer. HCOB 20.8.81 - 4 - A cramming log need not cover all of these points, as the needs will be different for different Cramming Officers. However the log should at least contain items (a), (c), (d), (e) and (f). The cramming cycle is entered in the log book when the cram is begun and checked off when fully done. Thus incomplete cycles can be spotted by glancing through the book at any time. The Log Book provides the Cramming Officer with a record of all the persons who come to cramming, from what areas and on what subjects. He can then easily locate any area which is a high percentage cramming area, investigate for unhattedness, out tech, out supervision, etc., and, if warranted, get the area itself corrected. It also gives a record that he can review in order to check up on those who have left cramming, to ensure they are now doing well. Additionally, it provides data for executive or HCO inspections. A system of baskets is also helpful in monitoring the load of crams. One successful system consists of an IN Basket (for crams received but not yet started), an IN PROGRESS Basket, a CRAMS COMPLETED Basket (where the cram goes prior to the cramming report being written to the originator) and a HOLD Basket (for crams which cannot be done at the time due to the person being in the middle of a repair action, or being away from the org, etc.). TECHNICAL REFERENCES FOR CRAMMING TOOLS The following list of technical references is provided to assist the Cramming Officer in becoming thoroughly familiar with the tools at his disposal. THE FULL WORD CLEARING SERIES (Technical Volumes) THE STUDY TAPES THE STUDY SERIES (Technical Volumes) THE BASIC AUDITING SERIES HCOBs (Technical Volumes) HCOB 8 Sep 64, OVERTS, WHAT LIES BEHIND THEM HCOB 11 Oct 67, CLAY TABLE TRAINING HCOB 10 Dec 70R I Rev. 10.2.81, CLAY TABLE WORK IN TRAINING HCOB 16 Aug 71RA Re-rev. 4.8.80, TRAINING DRILLS REMODERNIZED HCOB 17 May 80, ADMINISTRATIVE TRAINING DRILLS, ADMIN TRS HCOB 7 May 68, UPPER INDOC TRS THE BOOK OF E-METER DRILLS HCOB 22 Apr 80, ASSESSMENT DRILLS HCOB 20 Nov 73 I, 21st ADVANCE CLINICAL COURSE TRAINING DRILLS (Anti Q and A Drill) THE BOOK OF CASE REMEDIES (Remedy A & B) HCOB 13 Sep 67, REMEDY B HCOB 21 Feb 66, DEFINITION PROCESSES HCOB 13 Jun 70 II, HUBBARD CONSULTANT STUDY STRESS ANALYSIS HCOB/PL 7 Aug 79, Product Debug Series 8, Esto Series 36, FALSE DATA STRIPPING HCOB 17 Jun 79, W/C Series 61, Product Debug Series 3, URGENT -- IMPORTANT, CRASHING MIS-Us: THE KEY TO COMPLETED CYCLES OF ACTION AND PRODUCTS HCOB 20.8.81 - 5 - HCOB 27 Nov 78, W/C Series 35RF, WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST HCOB 23 Nov 68RB III Re-rev. 4.9.78, STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE BTB 4 Feb 72RE Rev. 22.2.77, Study Series 7, STUDY CORRECTION LIST REVISED HCOB 4 May 81, Study Series 10, THE STUDY GREEN FORM HCO PL 23 Aug 79 II, Esto Series 38, Product Debug Series 2, DEBUG TECH CHECKLIST HCOB 23 Aug 79 II, Product Debug Series 10, PRODUCT DEBUG REPAIR LIST HCO)B 2 June 78RA Re-rev. 30.8.81, Cramming Series 18RA, CRAMMING REPAIR ASSESSMENT LIST HCOB 5 May 81, Cramming Series 3, SHORT CRAMMING REPAIR LIST HCOB 27 Mar 72RB I Re-rev. 28.1.81, STUDENT CORRECTION LIST -- REVISED HCOB 15 Nov 74, STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST HCOB 28 Aug 70RB Rev. & Reinstated 27.1.81, HC OUT-POINT PLUS-POINT LISTS RB HCOB 27 Mar 72RB III Rev. 8.11.80, Study Corr List 3RB, AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST AUDITOR RECOVERY HCOB 20 Sep 78 III, NED Series 18, C/S Series 103, NED AUDITOR ANALYSIS CHECKLIST HCOB 9 Feb 79, HOW TO DEFEAT VERBAL TECH LRH MODEL AUDITING TAPES (Tech Vol VIII, Page 33) HCOB 26 Jun 81, USE OF LRH MODEL AUDITING TAPES The Technical Volumes, the OEC Volumes, the Technical Dictionary, and the Admin Dictionary, as well as the full list of Dianetics and Scientology Books, also exist as tools for the Cramming Officer. SUMMARY Whichever of the available tools he uses, the Cramming Officer is aiming at the product of a person who is terminatedly handled on the area with which he has been having trouble. A repeat cram on the same area indicates a flubbed product and a failure on the part of the Cramming Officer to locate the actual reason for the trouble or to make the right choice of the tools needed to handle it. So it's a matter of the Cramming Officer knowing what his tools are, knowing how to use them, and knowing when to use them. That is the key to his achieving 100% uniformly excellent results and high quality products. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Accepted by the Copyright $c 1981 BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the by L. Ron Hubbard CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED of CALIFORNIA  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=19/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 3 SHORT CRAMMING REPAIR LIST   Remimeo Cramming Officers C/Ses Tech Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo Cramming Officers C/Ses Tech Cramming Series 3 Qual SHORT CRAMMING REPAIR LIST Ref: HCOB 21 Dec 79 C/S Series 107 Cramming Series 20 Qual Corrective Actions on OTs Series 1 AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES, CRAMMING ASSIGNMENT POLICIES This list is for use by Cramming Officers (qualified to fly Ruds) to quickly sort out the reason why a cramming cycle in progress is bogging. It contains the most likely reasons that would bog a cram and saves doing a full Cramming Repair Assessment List when the cramming cycle is hanging up on, say, a bypassed Mis-U. It does not replace or cancel HCOB 2 Jun 78RA, Revised 30 Aug 81, Cramming Series 18RA CRAMMING REPAIR ASSESSMENT LIST. Assess this list Method 3 and handle each read as instructed. When the bog is cleared up, complete the cramming cycle. If an item will not go to F/N or if the bog doesn't resolve, either do a Cramming Repair Assessment List if you are qualified to do so or end off and send all worksheets, etc. from the cramming cycle along with the person's folder to the C/S. NAME: _________________________________ DATE: _________________________________ Prefix: "On this cramming cycle..." 1. IS A WRONG AREA BEING ADDRESSED? _______ (If so, indicate it, Itsa E/S to F/N. Then locate the correct area.) 2. IS THERE AN ARC BREAK? _______ (ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.) 3. IS THERE A PRESENT TIME PROBLEM? _______ (Itsa E/S to F/N.) 4. HAS A WITHHOLD BEEN MISSED? _______ (Handle the missed W/H E/S to F/N.) 5. HAS THERE BEEN AN INVALIDATION? _______ (Itsa F/S Itsa to F/N.) 6. HAS THERE BEEN AN EVALUATION? _______ (Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N.) HCOB 19.8.81 - 2 - 7. HAVE YOU BEEN UPSET BECAUSE SOMEONE SEEMED MAD AT YOU? _______ (ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.) 8. HAS A MISUNDERSTOOD BEEN MISSED? _______ (Locate it and clear it to F/N.) 9. HAS AN AREA OF CONFUSION BEEN MISSED? _______ (Locate it and handle by finding the MUs and clearing each to F/N.) 10. IS THERE SOMETHING YOU STILL DON'T UNDERSTAND? _______ (Find out what and handle per Word Clearing Tech.) 11. IS THERE AN UNDISCLOSED OUT-ETHICS SITUATION? _______ (Handle as a withhold E/S to F/N. Then, if the situation is serious enough to warrant breaking off the cram, send the person to Ethics.) 12. IS THERE SOMETHING ELSE WRONG? _______ (Find out what and handle to F/N if possible. If it is something beyond the scope of Cramming like a case problem send the folder with all the data to the C/S.) L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTCU:cu Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=18/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 2 THE BASIC CRAMMING PROCEDURE   Remimeo Cramming Officers Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 18 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo Cramming Officers Qual Cramming Series 2 THE BASIC CRAMMING PROCEDURE Cramming someone is a very direct and in most cases a very simple procedure. Actually, cramming was never complex, but due to a lack of a full understanding of the whole subject on the part of some Cramming Officers, it was at times made to seem that way. The Simplicity of the Procedure When I am engaged in any corrective activity, I automatically assume that it is going to be a very fast and easy job to handle, and in most cases it is. Procedure Listed out here are the steps of the basic cramming procedure. They are not rote steps. They are monitored by the product the Cramming Officer is going for which is: THE PERSON CAN ACTUALLY NOW GET THE PRODUCT HE REQUIRED CRAMMING ON. This is how a Cramming Officer would operate if he wants to get such a product: 1. Check the person's pc folder to ensure it is all right for him to be crammed (i.e. he's not sitting there with an outlist or is not already in the middle of some other correction action, etc.). 2. Familiarize himself with the cramming order. 3. (a) With the person on the meter, show him the cramming order. (b) If he isn't F/Ning and ready to get on with the cram, assess the ruds and fly any which read (a simple action which is sometimes overcomplicated by those who don't understand what rudiments are or how to handle them). 4. Go over the cram with the person and determine the actual error made. 5. Loosely locate and then narrow down the area of the outness underlying the error. Determine exactly what it was that the person missed, didn't grasp or hadn't drilled. 6. Draw up the cramming program for the person to do (unless the cramming order itself covers everything sufficiently). HCOB 18.8.81 - 2 - 7. Send the person to do the assignment (Cramming Officer oversees study, word clearing, starrates and drilling). 8. Interview the person after completion of the assignment to ensure the situation is handled and that the person can actually now get the product. Each of these steps is amplified below to impart further technique, but the above are the basic steps which have to be accomplished in a cram. STEP ONE -- Checking the Person's PC Folder Ensure that you are qualified to cram the person per HCOB 21 Dec 79 C/S Series 107 Cramming Series 20 AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES, CRAMMING ASSIGNMENT POLICIES. If you are not qualified to cram him or her yourself due to case level then you must send the individual to the staff member who has been set up to handle such emergencies by the Qual Sec. If you are qualified to cram the person, look over his or her pc folder to ensure that there is no auditing or other correction cycle in progress which would need completing before the cramming cycle can be started. Flying ruds and cramming, for example, would never be done over Out Int or Out Lists, nor would it be done in the middle of an engram chain or other Qual corrective action nor if the pc was C/Sed to get a flubbed action repaired. (Ref. HCOB 24 Sep 79R Cramming Series 19R FLYING RUDS IN CRAMMING) If, on checking the folder, it is found that the person is in the middle of an Int repair or Int handling, or the handing of Out Lists, or that he has been C/Sed to receive either of these, or if he has been C/Sed to get a flubbed action repaired, or has already been started on a Qual corrective action, the Cramming Officer must ensure the needed action is actively being carried out and gets completed so the person can be gotten into cramming. He liaises with the C/S and SSO as needed to ensure this gets done. STEP TWO -- Familiarizing Yourself with the Cramming Order Simply make sure you understand the cramming order itself before you try and cram someone on it. If the cram is on an area or subject you are unfamiliar with, you can quickly obtain and scan through the basic or key issues on the area or subject to get a rudimentary knowledge of the area being addressed so as to be able to spot outpoints. In cramming auditors it is helpful to go over the session worksheets to isolate the errors before attempting to cram the person. Often additional errors are found this way. The errors can be marked in a different color ink so that when you go over it with the auditor these points will be in plain view. In doing admin crams you may want to examine the flubbed product yourself, where this is feasible, before sitting down with the person. This is often very revealing and can save time later. Note of this can be used to delay or backlog cramming actions, however. The Cramming Officer must be very competent at doing any such preliminary checking with speed and certainty. HCOB 18.8.81 - 3 - STEP THREE -- Beginning the Cram a) Once it is clearly established that all is OK to begin the cramming action, show the person the cramming order. (At this point you do not want to go into detail on it, but just ensure that the individual understands what action is being started. This Way any bypassed charge on the cramming cycle itself will be picked up and handled in the ruds.) b) Assess the ruds exactly per HCOB 24 Sep 79R, FLYING RUDS IN CRAMMING. Fly any that read. This step has been made overly complex by some. One Cramming Officer had an auditor take the person into a formal session. The person was F/N and VGIs at the start of the session but the auditor then proceeded to "fly his ruds" for half an hour. But the person was already F/N, VGIs! Cramming Series 14 CRAMMING OVER OUT RUDS and Cramming Series 19R FLYING RUDS IN CRAMMING must be understood or all sorts of wild complexities will be added to the simple datum: DO NOT CRAM SOMEBODY OVER OUT RUDS. STEP FOUR -- Determining the Error a) With the person still on the meter now go over the cramming order in detail. Make sure that the cram is fully understood and that there are no MUs on the cramming order itself. This can include M4 word clearing the order if necessary. The cramming order should state what the specific error is and list the specific HCOB, Policy Letter, book, tape, etc., which has been violated. b) Establish with the person that that is the error he made, or if not, what error he did make. NOTE: He may have a different version of what he actually did, or he may come up with additional errors not mentioned in the cramming order. In any case, something went wrong which landed the person in cramming, so at this point establish with the person (so that he has a good reality on it) what did occur. c) Find out what reference(s) or data the person was operating on when he made the error. Establish that these are the correct references that cover the action, and if there are additional HCOBs, PLs, etc. that specifically apply dig these up as well. d) With the person on the meter, determine the following: 1. Has he never studied the correct references? 2. Has he been given verbal data on the subject or action? 3. Has he been given false data on it? (Note: False data is checked at this point to permit the person to get off at once any false data he knows he has been given. However, false data may need to be checked again later in the cram after the person has been given the correct data on the subject and if he has difficulty assimilating the correct data. Ref. HCOB 7 Aug 79 Product Debug Series 8 FALSE DATA STRIPPING) HCOB 18.8.81 - 4 - 4. Has he never been drilled on the actions to a point of confidence in applying them? 5. Does he have any known confusions on the applicable references? 6. Is he aware of any confusions in other related areas? Note: This is done as metered Two-Way Comm. Ask the person about the above possibilities, observe his indicators, get his data, etc. This is not a rote action but is an outline of the things one would want to check into. With the above data you will have a good picture of what will need handling in regard to the immediate and obvious goof. STEP FIVE -- Locating The Underlying Outness If the person has never read the correct reference, find out why not. If the reference concerned is found to be missing from his hat checksheet and if that reference belongs on the checksheet his senior should be informed and the matter remedied, with the particular reference added to his hat. You may sometimes find that a person is doing an action he was never trained on. This could be an ethics matter if it's a technical action such as auditing. Get the data and write any needed ethics chits. Then send the person to the SSO to get the needed training added to his TIP. If the person has previously studied the correct references, yet still goofed, you now (a) loosely locate, then (b) narrow down the area of the outness underlying the error. This needn't and shouldn't be a lengthy step but it must not be excluded if the cram is to be taken to a full and complete done. (During the course of the cram, the Cramming Officer is going to ensure the person does understand the materials that apply to the immediate and the obvious goof. But the originator of the cram may have seen only the error resulting from an earlier outness. Qual's job is to locate the cause of the error and get it handled. Otherwise, the person is going to repeat the same goof and the Cramming Officer will get into a repeating cycle of mere outpoint-correct. Ref. HCOB 10 June 73RB, Cramming Series 10RB CRAMMING) Sometimes this step may be accomplished fairly quickly by simply asking, "What didn't you understand (or "What difficulty were you having..." or "What were you uncertain about...") just before you made the error?" and you may get it immediately. In some instances it may require more sort out, and the Cramming Officer would isolate the underlying cause of the error by determining: Where was the person last doing well? Where did he run into trouble? To establish that point exactly, come forward from the point the person was doing well (going over the materials or the action with him) to the point where he first hit a confusion or difficulty. The underlying cause of his error (the misunderstoods and/or skipped gradient, etc.) will be found immediately before that point. Determine exactly what it was HCOB 18.8.81 - 5 - there that he missed, didn't grasp and/or didn't drill thoroughly enough, and you have what needs to be handled. If the Cramming Officer knows his Study Tech and Cramming Tech he can isolate the underlying outness swiftly. STEP SIX -- Drawing Up The Program With the data from Steps 4 and 5 you will have isolated fairly closely what it is you are dealing with, and the reference materials that apply. YOU NOW DRAW UP THE CRAMMING PROGRAM (unless of course the cramming order itself covers everything that's needed). The program is done in duplicate and will consist of the series of actions the person is to do under the Cramming Officer in order to terminatedly handle the situation. The original is given to the student and the copy is kept by the Cramming Officer. In making up this program, the Cramming Officer has all the tools of cramming at his disposal. (Ref. HCOB 20 Aug 81 Cramming Series 4, CRAMMING TOOLS) The program should consist of standard Scientology study and corrective actions. He uses the exact tools required to most swiftly and thoroughly resolve the situation so that it will not recur. He makes sure the program is designed to handle the error and the outness that preceded it. Should the program be lengthy and begin to look like a course checksheet, then the person would need io be retreaded. A program that is to be done in the cramming area should be one that can be completed with rapidity. MUs are handled with standard Word Clearing. False Data is handled exactly per HCOB 7 Aug 79 FALSE DATA STRIPPING. Inadequate drilling is handled by simply finding out what has not been drilled to proficiency and drilling it until he has total confidence in doing it. If drilling gets into a long drawn out cycle realize you may be dealing with a skipped gradient, MUs or false data. (Ref. HCOB 25 Jun 71R, W/C Series 3R, BARRIERS TO STUDY, HCOB 4 Sep 71 II, W/C Series 19, ALTERATIONS, HCOB 7 Aug 79 FALSE DATA STRIPPING, Tape: 6408C06 SHSBC - 34 Study Tape 4 STUDY -- GRADIENTS AND NOMENCLATURE) Don't neglect to include clay demos in the program when these seem to be indicated, as they may be what is needed to bring the person to a full understanding of the materials on which he is being crammed. STEP SEVEN -- Doing The Program The individual now goes about doing the cramming order program as laid out by the Cramming Officer. The Cramming Unit Word Clearer does as much of the required word clearing as possible. He would never sit idle and allow the Cramming Officer to word clear when there is word clearing to be done. HCOB 18.8.81 - 6 - However, if there is heavy traffic in cramming, the person being crammed, wherever possible, would be twinned up with another cramming student preferably of comparable training level. If trained to do so they can do Word Clearing on each other and drill and starrate each other as needed. This does not relieve the Cramming Officer of his responsibility to do final checkouts on key issues and clay demos and to oversee the drills as they are done. STEP EIGHT -- Completing The Cram Upon completion of the cramming cycle, interview the student or staff member on the meter to ensure that the causes for the errors have been fully handled and the person now feels confident in the area or actions on which he was crammed. (This is a flub catch step to make sure that the person is F/Ning and VGIs on each step done on the cramming program.) If the interview uncovers an incomplete or quickied step the Cramming Officer must establish exactly what has been omitted or left incomplete on the cramming cycle and see to it that the exact outness is then terminatedly handled. A person who has not validly completed the cycle or is still in some confusion will be very easy to spot as he will not be F/Ning or VGIs. To aid in catching incomplete cramming cycles the Cramming Officer should have a very thorough grasp of HCOB 3 May 80 PC INDICATORS, as these indicators are also very applicable to a person being crammed. When the exact situation is handled and the person is VGIs, the Cramming Officer sends him to get an after cramming exam and to write a success story. A report on the completed cram is then sent to the originator of the cramming order (with a copy to the person's pc folder), stating fully what was found, how it was handled and the results. The folder copy of the cramming report plus worksheets of all cramming actions (ruds, word clearing, Cramming Repair Lists, Product Debug actions, False Data Stripping, etc.) along with any Exam Reports, the cramming order and/or the cramming program, are put in the person's pc folder when the cram is completed. The folder is then routed to the Case Supervisor. (With an extensive cram or if the person being crammed is currently being audited, the worksheets and any correction lists should be put into the person's pc folder at once.) The Case Supervisor must verify that correct tech was applied and also see to it that any out tech or failure to handle is corrected. (Ref. HCOB 24 Sep 79R, Cramming Series 19R, FLYING RUDS IN CRAMMING) WHEN THE BASIC CRAMMING PROCEDURE DOES NOT SEEM TO BE HANDLING If at any time during the Basic Cramming Procedure it starts to get into a vagueness or the student is showing signs of uncertainty that what is being addressed is the real area of trouble, you are most likely way off the correct area that needs handling. HCOB 18.8.81 - 7 - First look earlier than the point you are examining as the error may have a more basic source. If that does not reveal the correct area of trouble, go back and establish exactly what was done that resulted in the cramming order being issued. This could mean, in the case of cramming an auditor, going over the pc folder again. Or, if you are doing an admin cram, going into the person's area to have him show exactly what he did. (In extreme cases you may need to go over the situation with the C/S or the staff member's senior. If this is needed, it is best done in writing, especially when a C/S is involved.) Taking an action such as going to the registrar's office to see how the Reg does an interview can save a Cramming Officer hours of floundering in trying to find what the Reg does wrong during his reg interviews. The Cramming Officer may go in there and find him telling a public person that he's not quite sure what the course donations are! Having the auditor set up and drill all the actions of a session in front of you can be as revealing as any crystal ball. He may fumble with his pen and worksheets, drop his lists, fail to keep the meter needle on set, etc. This very quickly shows why his pcs aren't fully in session and a program can then be drawn up for him to do to terminatedly handle the situation. Whether by going into the person's area to see him perform the action, having him drill the action in cramming, or even getting him to clay demo the cycle, you are still going to clearly see the outnesses, which are usually quite big. You simply have to compare what he is doing to the correct tech or policy relating to the activity. If the cram bogs down or indicators of by-passed charge from the cram become evident, a Short Cramming Repair List (HCOB 19 Aug 81 Cramming Series 3) should be done. Additionally the Cramming Officer has the benefit of the use of the appropriate correction list for the difficulty that is not resolving, an Auditor Correction List for an auditor having a rough time, for example. (Ref. HCOB 24 Oct 76R C/S Series 96R, DELIVERY REPAIR LISTS) In such cases, the Cramming Officer would have the action done by the Review Auditor. Note: C/S OK would have to be obtained before many of these lists could be done. DOING THE FULL DEBUG PROCEDURE If you have gone through the above steps and the situation has not been resolved, then it's time for a full debug. This is done exactly per HCO PL 23 Aug 79 II Product Debug Series 2, DEBUG TECH CHECKLIST. In some instances a full product debug per the Product Debug Series is indicated right at the start and in such a case one would not even waste time going through the lower gradients of handling. HCOB 18.8.81 - 8 - The types of situations which would prove more profitable to handle with a full debug right from the start are: a) A person making lots of different errors in various areas in spite of previous standard cramming. b) Repeated crams on the same area. c) There is a lack of viable products from the person's area, again despite good standard cramming. d) A person who no matter what has been done to correct him just can not get out a product. However, if a person is badly bogged he would need handling as laid out in HCOB 28 Aug 81 Cramming Series 13, HANDLING THE BADLY BOGGED INDIVIDUAL. In an organization where there is a full time Debug Specialist posted in addition to a Cramming Officer, the Cramming Officer would turn over the debug to him. In a small org without the facility of a full time Debug Specialist, the Cramming Officer would get his other cramming students moving along on their cycles in order to prevent any backlogs from occurring; then he would return to do the full Debug Cycle. It has been found that a very successful way to do the debug on a staff member is for a few hours each day and then have the person return to his post. This would have to be judged on an individual basis depending upon the person's post, the type of bog that he was in, and whether or not the person is able to get any post production done at all. STUDENT HAT OMISSION If during cramming it is found that the person cannot or does not know how to assimilate data and you discover that he has never done or has falsely passed the Student Hat or the Basic Study Manual, you had better get that handled before trying to have him study any more material. (Ref. HCO PL 25 Sep 79 I URGENT -- IMPORTANT, SUCCESSFUL TRAINING LINEUP) Continuing to study over that situation would result in very slow, if any, progress as the very basics of being a student are not in. THE IMPORTANCE OF BASICS If the person is not correcting easily, very often you will find that the trouble is caused by out-basics on the subject or action with which he is having difficulty. When you see someone moving like molasses, unable to get something done, it's normally because they lack the basics of the subject where it exists. This can result in the person thinking all data is as important as all other data and all advices are as important as all other advices. What they have missed is that the right data they would need is the simple basics that underlie all the other data and which, if applied, get you the product. A datum is just as valid as it gets you the product. So when the person is slow and fumbly, know what you're looking at -- an absence of basics. HCOB 18.8.81 - 9 - Any time you are trying to cram someone and getting nowhere, you'll find it's a lack of basics. You can't handle someone who has a multitude of misunderstood words for which he has no basics, and you can't clear up false data on a person who has no basics on the subject. Tech basics would include suck things as data on the mind, the Auditors Code, Axioms, the Tone Scale, TRs and metering, etc. Admin basics cover such things as data on Dev-T, Hats, cycles of action, and terminals, dispatch routing, Org Boards, CSW procedure, etc. One of the more successful actions in getting in basics is to have the person word clear and demo or, more preferably, in clay the basic terms of a subject. (Ref. HCOB 10 Dec 70R I CLAY TABLE WORK IN TRAINING, HCO PL 20 Nov 70 Personnel Series 12, Org Series 15 ORGANIZATION MISUNDERSTOODS, HCOB 21 Jun 72 II, W/C Series 39, METHOD 6) The only trouble a Cramming Officer is doing to run into when he tries to solve this is his own lack of realization that every subject has its own specific basic laws and the only problem he's going to run into is where to find them. If he can't solve that he isn't going to get much of any place. When he is trying to cram Dianetics and Scientology, that's a piece of cake. He's got the Dianetic and Scientology Axioms, the HCOB volumes, the OEC volumes, you name it. In other subjects the Cramming Officer has more of a problem. Not all subjects have valid texts available and there are many false texts around. This is the problem the Cramming Officer has when he is trying to cram personnel on another technical area. But there are also valid texts on the various technical subjects around. They are usually the older texts on the subject. So when the person is having trouble on a subject other than Dianetics or Scientology a valid text will have to be tracked down and used for the cramming. In any cramming, when the person isn't really grasping it, one must check for out basics. Out basics on a subject (or on earlier similar subjects) will hang things up until found and handled. The watchword, when you have any false data somewhat stripped off, is to cram the person on the actual basics and let him put the real basic in place to hold back the confusion. When a real basic is there, the confusions disappear. SUMMARY Remember that situations do not just happen, they are created. Someone did something or failed to do something which then resulted in that situation, as he was operating on some sort of aberrated datum. If this datum is allowed to continue to exist and be operated with then the same situation is going to recur. This datum can be anything from not having the correct data and thus substituting some other data which does not apply, to MUs, False Data, fixed ideas, etc. The Cramming Officer is expected to unearth and clear up this datum so that it ceases to be effective on that person and in this way clear that aberration out of the Third Dynamic so the situation does not recur and another cram become necessary on the same subject, or even lead into a Third Dynamic Justice action. HCOB 18.8.81 - 10 - The person is there in front of you now, so handle him terminatedly. This way you get your product, the org survives that much better and everyone wins. The Basic Cramming Procedure is laid out here very simply and is easily followed. All the corrective technology that a Cramming Officer needs to know in order to be able to get uniformly excellent results is contained in the HCOBs which now comprise the Cramming Series and their references. Providing that the Cramming Officer is an expert in E-Meter reading, has good TRs and recognizes the importance of basics, he will win every time and so will the individuals that he crams. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=17/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Cramming Series 1 AN INTRODUCTION TO THE NEW CRAMMING SERIES   Remimeo Cramming Officers C/Ses Supervisors Auditors Tech Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 17 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo Cramming Officers C/Ses Supervisors Cramming Series 1 Auditors Tech Qual AN INTRODUCTION TO THE NEW CRAMMING SERIES If there is any one section of an org that can make the difference between long term prosperity and hardship, it is Cramming. It has long been known that it is essential to any organization to have a strong and effective Cramming Section. Therefore the technology of cramming must be clearly laid out, known and fully applied. Until now a large section of the Cramming Series has been in the form of BTBs and BPLs written by others. On reviewing them to find out why they have not resulted in uniformly superlative cramming in orgs all over the planet, it was found that some false data and questionable tech points had gotten into them. Complexity had been entered into something which is essentially a simple procedure. This led to the possibility of missing the very obvious misunderstoods and false data. A new Cramming Series has now been developed, tested and proven, which covers the full tech of cramming in its simplicity. In this Series, new HCOBs have been added to the HCOBs already existing as part of the Cramming Series. The BTBs and BPLs formerly a part of the Series are cancelled by HCOB/PL 1 Sept 81 CRAMMING BTBs AND BPLs CANCELLED. Veteran Cramming Officers will find the data in these new issues a validation of what they knew to be successful in their cramming actions. Where they were unsuccessful, this new Series gives the technology to ensure successful cramming in all cases. Incorporation of many recent breakthroughs such as Debug Tech, Crashing Mis-U Finding and False Data Stripping into the cramming procedure now makes the subject of cramming very, very complete. Additionally, there is now a course to teach Cramming Officers the tech of cramming and this will further ensure standard and successful cramming actions. Following is the full list of the new Cramming Series with a brief description of the contents of each issue: HCOB 17 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 1 AN INTRODUCTION TO THE CRAMMING SERIES HCOB 18 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 2 THE BASIC CRAMMING PROCEDURE HCOB 17.8.81 - 2 - The Basic Cramming Procedure Step by Step What to do when the Basic Cramming Procedure doesn't seem to be handling Doing a Full Product Debug Student Hat Omission The Importance of Basics HCOB 19 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 3 SHORT CRAMMING REPAIR LIST When the list is used How the list is done What to do if this list does not resolve HCOB 20 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 4 CRAMMING TOOLS The Key Cramming Tools which a Cramming Officer may have to use The Basic Tool of Cramming The Choice of Tools Keeping a Cramming Log Book Technical References for Cramming Tools HCOB 21 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 5 HOW A CRAMMING OFFICER ENSURES THAT HE HAS NO BACKLOGS What to do if an OT needs a cram done and the Cram Off is not an OT What to do if the person being crammed can't be put on the meter What to do if the person can't be gotten into cramming What to do if the person is out-ethics What to do if Ethics is backlogging cycles What to do if Cramming Backlogs Develop HCOB 22 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 6 TECH CRAMMING Cramming Auditors Who Have Goofed Auditor's Enhancement and Handling Auditors who Dramatize out-tech on own case Correcting Courses and Supervisors Cramming and the Red Tag Line Cramming and the C/S How to handle a Number of Auditors with Crams Arriving at the Same Time HCOB 23 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 7 ADMIN CRAMMING The Importance of Admin Cramming Handling the Cramming Load Handling Admin Crams Clay Demos in Admin Cramming Admin Cramming and Drilling Scientology Basics Getting the Actual Area of Confusion Arbitraries and Verbal Data HCOB 17.8.81 - 3 - The Glib Cramming Order Mis-Use of Admin Crams Lack of Hatting Too Narrow A View Correcting Admin Courses and Supervision Following Up Admin Cramming HCOB/PL 24 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 8 C/S Series 70 HOW TO WRITE A CRAMMING ORDER How to Write a Cramming Order Qual Senior Datum Cramming Order Mis-Use Invalidative Cramming Orders When to Write an Instruct When to Write a Cram When a Retread is Called For Confidential Cramming Orders Making Copies of Cramming Orders HCOB 25 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 9R C/S Series 68R THE C/S AND CRAMMING CYCLES Reporting the exact outness found on the cram to the C/S HCOB 10 June 1973RB Cramming Series 10RB Issue I CRAMMING Re-rev. 12.8.81 Repeat Cramming Orders Qual Does not Take Orders HCOB 26 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 11 HIGH CRIME CHECKOUTS AND TECHNICAL OKs High Crime Checkouts High Crime Log Inspection of High Crime Log Okays to Audit and other Technical Okays HCOB 27 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 12 EXAMPLES OF LRH CRAMMING ORDERS Samples of LRH Crams on Auditors, C/Ses, Examiners, Execs, Admin Personnel, Marketing Personnel and Film Crew HCOB 28 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 13 HANDLING THE BADLY BOGGED INDIVIDUAL The Basic Steps for Handling a Badly Bogged Individual Earlier Messed Up Actions Sort Out Sequence of Handling Ethics Situations Terminated Handling Related Handlings HCOB 17.8.81 - 4 - HCOB 15 Oct 1974 Cramming Series 14 CRAMMING OVER OUT RUDS The Consequences of Cramming Over Out Ruds The Broader Area of Situation that Must Also be Handled HCOB 18 Mar 1975R Cramming Series 15R Rev. 25.8.81 METER USE IN QUAL The Use of the Meter in Cramming Why the Meter is Used HCOB 29 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 16 CRAMMING AND VERBAL TECH Definition of Verbal Tech Examples of Verbal Tech Handling Verbal Tech HCOB 1 May 78R Cramming Series 17R Rev. 30.8.81 TECH QUALITY Handling the General Outness of Out-TRs and Metering HCOB 2 June 1978RA Cramming Series 18RA Re-rev. 30.8.81 CRAMMING REPAIR ASSESSMENT LIST Why the Cramming Repair Assessment List was Developed When the List is Used How the List is Used HCOB 24 Sep 1979R Cramming Series 19R Rev. 26.8.81 FLYING RUDS IN CRAMMING How to Fly Ruds in Cramming The Way to Handle Someone Who has been Crammed over Out Ruds in the Past Cramming Officer Requirements for Flying Ruds Cramming Worksheets C/S OK for Flying Ruds in Cramming Folder Check before Cramming How to Handle Someone Who has been "Crammed" or has had other Qual Corrective Actions and has Gotten Worse, or Made No Improvement HCOB 21 Dec 1979 C/S Series 107 Cramming Series 20 Qual Corrective Actions on OTs Series 1 AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES, CRAMMING ASSIGNMENT POLICIES Auditor Assignment Policies Policies on Assigning Cramming Officers to OTs Subjective Questions and Actions Objective Questions and Actions Actions which are OK on OTs Actions which are Not OK on OTs HCOB 17.8.81 - 5 - HCOB 11 Jan 1980 I C/S Series 108 Cramming Series 21 QUAL CORRECTIVE ACTIONS ON OTS Why it is Necessary to have OT Versions of the Various Qual Corrective Actions Actions which are Not OK on OTs How to Detect Flubbed Cramming Actions that Can be Done HCOB 30 Aug 1981 Cramming Series 22 CRAMMING OFFICER PITFALLS The Most Common Cramming Officer Pitfalls HCOB 31 Aug 1881 Cramming Series 23 STABLE DATA FOR CRAMMING OFFICERS 8 Stable Data for Cramming Officers Additional New Cramming Issues are: HCOB/PL 1 Sep 1981 CRAMMING BTBs AND BPLs CANCELLED Why the Cramming BTBs and BPLs were cancelled HCOB/PL 2 Sep 1981 THE CRAMMING OFFICER A Cramming Officer does Not Have to be an Expert in the Subject He is Cramming Someone on Cramming Officer Post Requirements The Senior Cramming Officer Senior Cramming Officer Requirements Cramming Officer Enhancement Responsibilities of a Cramming Officer The Importance of Word Clearers Handling Cramming in a Large Org Caring for the Individual HCOB/PL 16 Aug 1981 THE PURPOSE AND FUNCTION OF CRAMMING The Definition of Cramming The Definition of the Cramming Unit The Evolution of Cramming Cramming and Production The Purpose of the Cramming Unit Functions of Cramming The Product of the Cramming Unit The Importance of Cramming New cramming HCOBs may be added to this Series from time to time. HCOB 17.8.81 - 6 - All Cramming Officers have the responsibility of learning the data in this Series, including doing the necessary High Crime checkouts, without delay. This new Cramming Series, put to use, will bring about a new era for Qualifications Divisions by strengthening the effectiveness of their corrective actions. This will in turn strengthen our organizations. So put it to good use! L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=16/8/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE PURPOSE AND FUNCTION OF CRAMMING   Remimeo All Orgs All Missions All Executives All Staff Qual Div Cramming Off Hats KOTs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 AUGUST 1981 Remimeo All Orgs (Also issued as an HCO PL, All Missions same date and title.) All Executives All Staff Qual Div Cramming Off Hats KOTs THE PURPOSE AND FUNCTION OF CRAMMING Ref: HCO PL 24 Apr 65 REVIEW HCO PL 31 Jul 65 KSW Series 12 Reiss. 30.8.80 PURPOSES OF THE QUALIFICATIONS DIVISION HCO PL 29 Oct 70 Org Series 10, THE ANALYSIS OF ORGANIZATION BY PRODUCT HCO PL 9 Sep 80R II CLASS IV ORGS, Rev. 11.3.81 QUALIFICATIONS DIVISION FIVE ORG BOARD HCO PL 28 Dec 67 QUAL SENIOR DATUM The staffing of the Qual Division, with particular attention given to cramming and the standardness of its operations, is vital to an organization's survival and expansion. Therefore it is the responsibility of the senior executives in any org to ensure that this occurs. It is very important that all staff in an organization fully understand what cramming is and what its purpose and function is in relation to themselves and the org as a whole. Without this understanding you are not likely to use cramming to get yourself corrected or to correct your juniors or fellow staff members. With this understanding you will be more receptive to correction and cramming and you will also know what to expect and demand from cramming in terms of results. THE CRAMMING UNIT AND CRAMMING The Tech and Admin dictionaries contain valid definitions of cramming. However, the following is the most accurate definition and should be known. THE DEFINITION OF CRAMMING: AN ACTIVITY DONE TO LOCATE AND TERMINATEDLY HANDLE THE CAUSE OF TECHNICAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE POST DIFFICULTIES AND SLOW OR INEFFECTIVE STUDY. THE DEFINITION OF THE CRAMMING UNIT: A UNIT IN THE DEPARTMENT OF REVIEW OF THE QUALIFICATIONS DIVISION IN ANY ORGANIZATION WHERE CAUSES FOR TECHNICAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE POST DIFFICULTIES AND SLOW OR INEFFECTIVE STUDY ARE LOCATED AND TERMINATEDLY HANDLED. IT HAS THE ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS OF BRINGING STAFF UP-TO-DATE ON NEW TECHNICAL DEVELOPMENTS THROUGH HIGH CRIME CHECKOUTS AND THE ISSUANCE OF "QUAL OKs" FOR SPECIFIC TECHNICAL ACTIONS. HCOB 16.8.81 - 2 - THE EVOLUTION OF CRAMMING Cramming in its present form evolved mainly as a result of the tremendous breakthroughs made in the mid-sixties concerning the subject of organizations and the Qual Division in particular. While I was researching the subject of organizations I was able to trace back the demise of great civilizations and organizations on the whole track and in more recent history to the lack of a Qualifications Division. I was then able to work out the component parts that would be needed to make up the Qual Division and one of the key functions developed out of this was cramming as its exists today. (The whole subject of organizations and the above discovery is covered in the tape 6504C06 SAINT HILL SPECIAL 57, ORG BOARD AND LIVINGNESS.) CRAMMING AND PRODUCTION Without effective cramming, production is threatened. Good correction is of such importance that the lack of it can slow a production line to a snail's pace and in some cases stop it all together. With first-rate cramming an organization can correct not only its products but itself as well, resulting in increased org efficiency with greater public demand for its products. The reverse can occur if there is no Cramming Unit or an ineffective Cramming Unit. Those who need correction in order to be able to turn out products of high enough quality to create public demand, do not get corrected and the volume of traffic into the organization soon drops off. The answer to this is simply to establish and keep established an effective Cramming Unit. THE PURPOSE OF THE CRAMMING UNIT The Cramming Unit is in the Qualifications Division, Department of Review. The purpose of the Cramming Unit is: TO TEACH STUDENTS AND STAFF WHAT THEY HAVE MISSED. This encompasses their Technical and Administrative duties and studies and includes as well handling the failure to apply Standard Tech that caused the miss in the first place. Cramming is not just a desk job. The Cramming Officer does not sit behind a desk all day waiting for business to come to him. He can and should get out into the org and examine key areas such as the course rooms and public flow lines to ensure that the staff are doing their posts standardly. He does this by taking the key Policy Letter or HCOB relating to that area and checking what is actually going on in the area against that Policy Letter or HCOB. When needed he crams the individuals concerned. HCOB 16.8.81 - 3 - FUNCTIONS OF CRAMMING The Cramming Officer's functions align with the definitions and purpose stated earlier. He handles those staff and public who have flubbed in application of materials they have studied. He isolates the reason for the flub and handles with word clearing and any other other cramming tool necessary to the point where he and the person being crammed are satisfied that the error will not recur. The other basic function of cramming is to see that High Crime checkouts get done rapidly where needed and that "Qual OKs" for specific technical actions are obtained by Technical or other org staff where these actions are part of their post duties. STAFF AND STUDENT CONFIDENCE IN CRAMMING When you have a Cramming Unit in operation where students and staff can go with confidence, knowing they are going to get the cause of any post or study difficulties terminatedly handled, you will find staff and students enthusiastic about cramming. The quality of the products which come out of cramming is the main thing which will bring this about. Therefore quality is the thing a Cramming Officer should aim for. PRODUCT THE PRODUCT OF THE CRAMMING UNIT is: A CORRECTED PERSON WHO CAN NOW GET THE PRODUCT HE REQUIRED CRAMMING ON. PROMOTE THE IMPORTANCE OF CRAMMING The following signs should be permanently positioned in a prominent place in the Tech and Admin Cramming areas: "GOOD CRAMMING IS THE KEY TO FLUBLESS AUDITORS AND AUDITING." L. RON HUBBARD "GOOD CRAMMING IS THE KEY TO WELL RUN AND PROSPEROUS ORGANIZATIONS." L. RON HUBBARD SUMMARY With a very standard Cramming Unit handling both Tech and Admin areas, the org's lines get smoother and smoother, the tech stays pure and the public start flooding into the org for services. HCOB 16.8.81 - 4 - It is not an exaggeration to say that the organization's future could well depend on having an excellent Cramming Unit. If your org does not have a good Cramming Unit then you had better demand of HCO and Senior Execs that one be put there. Then watch things start to go right! L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=29/7/81 Volnum=0 Issue=1 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  FULL ASSIST CHECKLISTS FOR INJURIES AND ILLNESSES  Type = 12 iDate=28/5/74 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo Auditors C/Ses Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 29 JULY 1981 Remimeo ISSUE I Auditors C/Ses (Cancels BTB 28 May 74 FULL ASSIST Tech/Qual CHECKLISTS FOR INJURIES AND ILLNESSES which was incomplete and which failed to list the source references for running the processes listed on the checklists.) FULL ASSIST CHECKLISTS FOR INJURIES AND ILLNESSES REFERENCES: ABILITY 73 TECHNICAL VOLUME III, pages 259-264 HCOB 29 Jul 81 II ADDITIONAL ASSIST PROCESSES AND DATA HCOB 27 Jul 69 ANTIBIOTICS HCOB 5 Jul 71RB C/S Series 49RB, ASSISTS Re-rev. 20.9.78 HCOB 11 Jul 73RB ASSIST SUMMARY Re-rev. 21.9.78 HCOB 23 Jul 71R ASSISTS Rev. 16.7.78 HCOB 21 Oct 71 ASSISTS IN SCIENTOLOGY Reiss. 21.9.74 B.T.B. 7 Apr 72R TOUCH ASSISTS, CORRECT ONES Rev. & Reiss. 23.6.74 HCOB 24 Jul 69R SERIOUSLY ILL PCs Rev. 24.7.78 HCOB 31 Dec 78 II OUTLINE OF PTS HANDLING HCOB 2 Apr 69RA DIANETIC ASSISTS Rev. 28.7.78 HCOB 16 Aug 69R HANDLING ILLNESS IN SCIENTOLOGY Rev. 25.9.78 HCOB 15 Nov 78 DATING AND LOCATING HCOB 15 Jul 70R UNRESOLVED PAINS Rev. 17.7.78 HCOB 23 Dec 71 Solo C/S Series 10, C/S Series 73, THE NO-INTERFERENCE AREA HCOB 12 Mar 69 II PHYSICALLY ILL PCS AND PRE OTS HCOB 4 Sep 68 Don't force a pc.... HCOB 13 Jun 70 C/S Series 3, SESSION PRIORITIES REPAIR PGMS AND THEIR PRIORITY HCOB 29 Mar 75R ANTI-BIOTICS, ADMINISTERING OF Rev. 23.10.78 HCOB 21 Feb 66 DEFINITION PROCESSES TAPE 5406C17 6ACC-50A & 50B ASSISTS TAPE 5608C.. HPC A-18 CHRONIC SOMATIC TAPE 5905C21 6-LACC-6 CLEARING: PROCESS -- SPECIAL CASES TAPE 6110C03 SH SPEC 61 THE PRIOR CONFUSION BOOK: DIANETICS 55! IMPORTANT NOTE: DIANETICS IS FORBIDDEN ON CLEARS, OTs AND DIANETIC CLEARS, PER HCOB 12 Sep 78 DIANETICS FORBIDDEN ON CLEARS AND OTS. There is a tremendous amount that can be done mentally and spiritually by an auditor to assist someone who is sick or hurt. We have known for years in Dianetics and Scientology that the tech of assists is very powerful and can work miracles when correctly applied. HCOB 29.7.81 I - 2 - The purpose of this bulletin is to lay out the available technology on assists for handling the ill or injured. The processes presented in this issue are in checklist form which will greatly aid the C/S and auditor in drawing up and executing a proper assist program. USING THE CHECKLISTS In 1974 I developed the system of using a preliminary assessment of the pc's condition and checklists as aids to programming and C/Sing the case. Attacked to this bulletin are separate checklists which list symptoms for both injuries and illnesses and one comprehensive handling sheet which lists out the many assist actions and their references one uses to handle either. To use the checklists: 1. Look up the symptom or symptoms the pc may have on the appropriate preliminary assessment skeet (injury or illness). Below each symptom are listed many possible handlings. 2. Look up the handlings on the handling sheet (which covers handlings for both injuries and illnesses). 3. Use these handlings and their references in C/Sing and programming the case. 4. Draw up the program and C/S. 5. The C/S can then circle the actions to be done on the handling sheet and number them in sequence. The handling sheet can be kept in the folder and signed off as each step is done. 6. Audit the pc regularly until the illness, injury or condition is handled. C/SING AND PROGRAMMING The Assist Summary bulletins were never intended to be used as a rote sequence of handling assists, which vary based on the circumstances of the pc. It could be a serious mistake to simply robotically copy down in order the handlings listed for the pc's symptoms and then audit them on the pc. One reason for this is that the case levels of people differ. An OT with a sprained ankle would be handled differently than a Dianetic pc with one. Also, injuries and illnesses are two separate subjects and are handled differently. Therefore, data has to be gotten where available, from medical reports, session reports, interviews and exam statements, and the C/S has to understand the case before him and program and C/S accordingly. HCOB 29.7.81 I - 3 - ANY ASSIST ACTION MUST BE SUITED THE THAT PC'S CASE AND CURRENT CONDITION. CAUTION The injured or ill person is overwhelmed easily. One must beware of keying the person in. The operating basis is to take it easy on the pc and try not to run anything too heavy on him. Going earlier similar on 2WCs should be avoided as due to his condition E/S tends to make the ill or injured pc dive back to the year zero. This is more than a sick person can stand up to. Along with this, NEVER MISS AN F/N ON A SICK PERSON. NOTE ON HIGH CRIMING REFERENCES It well behooves any auditor or C/S to get his high crime checkouts in PT for the assist actions listed in this bulletin. The circumstances requiring assists often crop up unexpectedly and a well prepared auditor will be more successful than an unprepared one. One would always do whatever one could to help a person in difficulty regardless. Still, it is a matter of technical integrity and professional pride that one would get his high crime checkouts in PT for assist actions to his class. Factually, there is no group but ourselves which possesses a body of technology to effectively assist the spiritual condition of the ill or injured person. Our knowledge in this area is considerable. So don't skimp on your study and drilling of these procedures and the theory behind them. You can do much to relieve the misery suffered by the ill or injured. With full understanding and application of assists you may appear to others to be a miracle worker. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Compilation assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HCOB 29.7.81 I ATTACHMENT 1 PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT FOR INJURIES PC: ___________________________________ DATE: ________________________________ 1. SYMPTOM: ILL AND HAS DONE A BUNK. _______ HANDLINGS: 2, 3, 1, 4A/4B/4C, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6K, 6M, 60, 6Q, 6R, 6S, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6EE, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6II, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E. 2. SYMPTOM: SEVERELY INJURED AND CLOSE TO DEATH. _______ HANDLINGS: 2, 1, 4A/4B/4C, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6G, 6H, 6I, 6J, 6L, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6T, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6II, 6JJ, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E. 3. SYMPTOM: HAS HAD AN ELECTRIC SHOCK. _______ HANDLINGS: 2, 1, 5, 4A/4B/4C, 6A, 6B, 6C, 6E, 6F, 6G, 6H, 61, 6J, 6L, 6N, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6T, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6II, 6JJ, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E. 4. SYMPTOM: SEVERELY INJURED AND BLEEDING/BROKEN BONES. _______ HANDLINGS: 2, 1, 6A, 6B, 6C, 6E, 6F, 6G, 6H, 61, 6J, 6L, 6N, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6T, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6II, 6JJ, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E. 5. SYMPTOM: INJURED AND IN A COMA. _______ HANDLINGS: 2, 1, 4A/4B/4C, 6A, 6B, 6C, 6E, 6F, 6G, 6H, 61, 6J, 6L, 6N, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6T, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 611, 6JJ, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E. 6. SYMPTOM: IN OR WAS IN A STATE OF SHOCK. _______ HANDLINGS: 2, 5, 1, 4A/4B/4C, 6A, 6B, 6C, 6E, 6F, 6G, 6H, 61, 6J, 6L, 6N, 60, 6P, 6Q, 6R, 6S, 6T, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6EE, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6II, 6JJ, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E. 7. SYMPTOM: INJURED AND UNCONSCIOUS. _______ HANDLINGS: 2, 1, 4A/4B/4C, 6A, 6B, 6C, 6E, 6F, 6G, 6H, 61, 6J, 6L, 6N, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6T, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6EE, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6II, 6JJ, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E. HCOB 29.7.81 I - 2 - ATTACHMENT 1 8. SYMPTOM: INJURED AND IN PAIN. _______ HANDLINGS: 2, 1, 6A, 6B, 6C, 6E, 6F, 6G, 6H, 6I, 6J, 6L, 6N, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6T, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6II, 6JJ, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E. 9. SYMPTOM: INJURED WITH EXTREME DISCOMFORT. _______ HANDLINGS: 2, 1, 6A, 6B, 6C, 6E, 6F, 6G, 6H, 6I, 6J, 6L, 6N, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6T, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6II, 6JJ, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8B, 8C. 8D. 8E. 10. SYMPTOM: INJURED WITH AN INFECTION/TEMPERATURE. _______ HANDLINGS: 2, 1 (ANTIBIOTICS), 7, 6A, 6B, 6C, 6E, 6F, 6G, 6H, 6I, 6J, 6L, 6N, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6T, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6II, 6JJ, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E. 11. SYMPTOM: INJURED AND TAKING DRUGS. _______ HANDLINGS: 2, 1, 6A, 6B, 6C, 6E, 6F, 6G, 6H, 6I, 6J, 6L, 6N, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6T, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6II, 6JJ, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E. 12. SYMPTOM: INJURED WITH LITTLE/NO DISCOMFORT. _______ HANDLINGS: 2, 1, 6A, 6B, 6C, 6E, 6F, 6G, 61, 6S, 6T, 6V, (Other processes from Section 6 may be used as needed), 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E. 13. SYMPTOM: INJURY NOT HEALING. _______ HANDLINGS: 6V, 6W, 6DD, 6FF, 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E, 9A, 9B, 9C, 9D. 14. SYMPTOM: INJURED AFTER OR WHILE INCOMPLETE ON AN AUDITING ACTION. _______ HANDLINGS: Handle with appropriate handlings depending on the injury. Then do #10 from handling sheet as soon as possible. 15. SYMPTOM: OLD INJURY RECURRING OR RESTIMULATED. _______ HANDLINGS: 6S, 6T, 6U, 6V, 6FF, 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E, 9A, 9B. 16. SYMPTOM: INJURED AND IN THE NO-INTERFERENCE AREA. _______ HANDLING: 14. 17. SYMPTOM: HIGH OR LO TA: _______ HANDLING: 13. HCOB 29.7.81 I - 3 - ATTACHMENT 1 18. SYMPTOM: REPEATING INJURIES/ACCIDENTS (ACCIDENT PRONE). _______ HANDLING: 15, as soon as injury handlings are complete. 19. SYMPTOM: PC CAN'T RECALL RECENT ENGRAM. _______ HANDLINGS: 6V until pc recalls engram. Then 6S, 6U and complete 6V. Then proceed as above based on current symptoms. 20. CHILDREN SYMPTOM: INJURED AND IN PAIN. _______ HANDLINGS: 2, 1, 6A, 6B, 6C, 11A. PREGNANCY SYMPTOM: GOING TO GIVE BIRTH OR HAS GIVEN BIRTH. HANDLING: 12. HCOB 29.7.81 I ATTACHMENT 2 PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT FOR ILLNESSES PC: ___________________________________ DATE: ________________________________ 1. SYMPTOM: ILL AND HAS DONE A BUNK. _______ HANDLINGS: 3, 2, 1, 4A/4B/4C, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6H, 6K, 6M, 6N, 60, 6P, 6Q, 6R, 6S, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6EE, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8C, 8D, 8E. 2. SYMPTOM: SEVERELY ILL AND CLOSE TO DEATH. _______ HANDLINGS: 1, 4A/4B/4C, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6H, 6K, 6M, 6N, 60, 6P, 6Q, 6R, 6S, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6EE, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8C, 8D, 8E. 3. SYMPTOM: SEVERELY ILL. _______ HANDLINGS: 1, 4A/4B/4C, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6H, 6K, 6M, 6N, 6O, 6P, 6Q, 6R, 6S, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6EE, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8C, 8D, 8E 4. SYMPTOM: ILL AND IN A COMA/UNCONSCIOUS. _______ HANDLINGS: 1, 4A/4B/4C, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6H, 6K, 6M, 6N, 60, 6P, 6Q, 6R, 6S, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6EE, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8C, 8D, 8E. 5. SYMPTOM: ILL AND IN A STATE OF SHOCK (OR WAS). _______ HANDLINGS: 1, 5, 4A/4B/4C, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6H, 6K, 6M, 6N, 60, 6P, 6Q, 6R, 6S, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6EE, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8C, 8D, 8E. 6. SYMPTOM: ILL AND IN PAIN/EXTREME DISCOMFORT. _______ HANDLINGS: 1, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6H, 6K, 6M, 6N, 6O, 6P, 6Q, 6R, 6S, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6EE, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8C, 8D, 8E. 7. SYMPTOM: ILL WITH AN INFECTION/TEMPERATURE. _______ HANDLINGS: 1 (ANTIBIOTICS), 7, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6H, 6K, 6M, 6N, 6O, 6P, 6R, 6Q, 6S, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6EE, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8C, 8D, 8E. 8. SYMPTOM: ILL AND TAKING DRUGS. _______ HANDLINGS: 1, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6H, 6K, 6M, 6N, 6O, 6P, 6Q, 6R, 6S, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6EE, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8C, 8D, 8E. HCOB 29.7.81 I - 2 - ATTACHMENT 2 9. SYMPTOM: ILL WITH LITTLE/NO DISCOMFORT. _______ HANDLINGS: 1, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6H, 6K, 6M, 6N, 6O, 6P, 6Q, 6R, 6S, 6U, 6V, 6W, 6X, 6Y, 6Z, 6AA, 6BB, 6CC, 6DD, 6EE, 6FF, 6GG, 6HH, 6KK, 6LL, 8A, 8C, 8D, 8E. 10. SYMPTOM: ILLNESS NOT HEALING. _______ HANDLINGS: 6V, 6DD, 6FF, 8A, 8C, 8D, 8E, 9A, 8B, 9C, 9D. 11. SYMPTOM: ILL DURING/AFTER AUDITING. _______ HANDLING: 10. 12. SYMPTOM: AN OLD ILLNESS RECURRING (CHRONICALLY ILL). _______ HANDLINGS: 6V, 6FF, 8A, 8C, 8D, 8E, 9A, 9B, 9C, 9D. 13. SYMPTOM: ILL AND IN NO-INTERFERENCE AREA. _______ HANDLING: 14. 14. SYMPTOM: HIGH OR LO TA. _______ HANDLING: 13. 15. SYMPTOM: NOTHING WORKS. _______ HANDLING: 9D. 16. CHILDREN SYMPTOM: PHYSICAL DEFECT OR PSYCHOSOMATIC ILL. _______ HANDLINGS: 1, 11B. 17. SYMPTOM: TIREDNESS. _______ HANDLING: 16. HCOB 29.7.81 ATTACHMENT 3 1. MEDICAL TREATMENT An assist is not a substitute for medical attention and does not attempt to cure injuries requiring medical aid. First, call the doctor. Then assist the person as you can. (Ref. ABILITY 73 ASSIST'S IN SCIENTOLOGY) Medical examination and diagnosis should be sought where needed, and where treatment is routinely successful, medical treatment should be obtained. As an assist can at times cover up an actual injury or broken bone, no chances should be taken, especially if the condition does not easily respond. In other words where something is merely thought to be a slight sprain, to be on the safe side an X-ray should be obtained, particularly if it does not at once respond. An assist is not a substitute for medical treatment but is complementary to it. It is even doubtful if full healing can be accomplished by medical treatment alone and it is certain that an assist greatly speeds recovery. In short, one should realize that physical healing does not take into account the being and the repercussion on the spiritual beingness of the person. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) _______ 2. FIRST AID AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL Where you are giving an assist to one person, you put things in the environment into an orderly state as the first step, unless you are trying to stop a pumping artery -- but here you would use First Aid. You should understand that First Aid always precedes an assist. You should look the situation over from the standpoint of how much First Aid is required.... You may often have to find some method of controlling handling and directing personnel who get in your way before you can render an assist. You might just as well realize that an assist requires that you control the entire environment and personnel associated with the assist if necessary.... A good example of an assist would be when somebody is washing dishes in the kitchen. There is a horrendous crash and the person comes down all over the sink, hits the floor as she is going down, she grabs the butcher knife as it falls. You go in and say, "Well, let me fix that up." One of the first things you would have to do is to wind some bandage around the hand to stop the bleeding. Part of the First Aid would be to pick up the dishes and put them back on the sink, sweep the pieces together into a more orderly semblance. This is the first symptom of control. (Ref. HCOB 21 Oct 71 Reiss. 21.9.74 ASSISTS IN SCIENTOLOGY) (This could include getting some assistance to ease discomfort such as Epsom salt baths, liniment, changing bandages, etc.) _______ 3. IF A PERSON HAS DONE A BUNK The preclear may do a compulsive exteriorization, "do a bunk," and drop his body limp in the chair and give from that body no sign that he is hearing any of the auditing commands given by the auditor. One such case was pleaded with for half an hour by an auditor along the lines that the preclear should remember her husband, HCOB 29.7.81 I - 2 - ATTACHMENT 3 should think of her children, should come back and live for the sake of her friends, and found no response from the preclear. Finally the auditor said, "Think of your poor auditor," at which moment the preclear promptly returned. (Ref. DIANETICS 55! Chapter XVI EXTERIORIZATION) _______ 4. ASSISTS FOR SOMEONE UNCONSCIOUS OR IN A COMA 4A. "YOU MAKE THAT BODY SIT ON THAT CHAIR." (OR "LIE ON THAT BED.") (Ref. HCOB 21 May 59 HGC ALLOWED PROCESSES AND ACC PROCESSES AS OF SAY 21, 1959) _______ 4B. Touch patient's hand to parts of the bed with "FEEL THAT (OBJECT)." (Ref. HCOB 27 Jul 69 ANTIBIOTICS) _______ 4C. An unconscious pc can be audited off a meter by taking his hand and having him touch nearby things like pillow, floor, etc. or body without hurting an injured part. _______ A person in a coma for months can be brought around by doing this daily. (Ref. HCOB 5 July 71RB Re-rev. 20.9.78, C/S Series 49RB, ASSISTS) _______ 5. SHOCK OR CATATONIA "HERE. WHAT WORD DID I SAY TO YOU?" "HERE. WHAT WORD DID I SAY TO YOU?" The auditor keeps this up until all of a sudden the pc says, "You said 'Here.'" Then, "REACH DOWN NOW AND FIND THE FLOOR WITH YOUR HAND. PRESS IT." (Ref. 5406C17 6ACC-50A & 50B ASSISTS) _______ 6. ASSISTS FOR ILLNESS OR INJURY 6A. INJURY CONTACT ASSIST Where possible and where indicated, until the person has re-established his communication with the physical universe site. To F/N. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY, HCOB 5 Jul 71RB Re-rev. 20.9.78 C/S Series 49RB ASSISTS, HCOB 2 Apr 69RA Rev. 28.7.78 DIANETIC ASSISTS) _______ 6B. ILLNESS OR INJURY TOUCH ASSIST Until the person has re-established communication with the physical part or parts affected. To F/N. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY, HCOB 21 Oct 71 Reiss. 21.9.74 ASSISTS IN SCIENTOLOGY, BTB 7 Apr 72R Rev. & Reiss. 23.6.74 TOUCH ASSISTS CORRECT ONES) _______ 6C. ILLNESS OR INJURY HAVINGNESS Running HAVINGNESS in every assist session is vital. This not only remedies havingness but also brings the HCOB 29.7.81 I - 3 - ATTACHMENT 3 preclear to present time. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY, HCOB 7 Aug 78 HAVINGNESS FINDING AND RUNNING THE PC'S HAVINGNESS PROCESS, HCOB 6 Oct 60R Rev. 8.5.74 THIRTY-SIX NEW PRESESSIONS) _______ 6D. ILLNESS He is explaining his illness by saying he needs attention and he is using it as a service fac of some sort or another, and you will find out this very often gives up if you give him attention. Well, there are various ways to give him attention. Get him a nurse, get him a doctor, put him in a special room, put him on arduously, awfully hard to maintain schedules. You take a pink pill at 20 minutes after the hour, three and one-half blue pills 45 minutes past the hour, and then every hour on the hour take 7 green ones, but skip every odd-numbered hour. Attention then is given to it and he gets the idea it is being as-ised. This makes him feel stronger and he will start to as-is it himself and very often gets well simply by giving him attention. There are various mechanisms to do so. (Ref. 5905C21 6-LACC-6 CLEARING: PROCESS -- SPECIAL CASES) _______ 6E. ILLNESS OR INJURY Run Reach and Withdraw from the affected area. (Ref. HCOB 24 Jul 69R Rev. 24.7.78 SERIOUSLY ILL PCs) Reach and Withdraw can also be done on other body parts not affected, the environment, the body itself, the location where an injury occurred, the thing that injured the pc (e.g. the knife that cut him). To EP of F/N, GIs. (Ref. HCOB 29 Jul 81 OI ADDITIONAL ASSIST PROCESSES AND DATA) _______ 6F. ILLNESS OR INJURY "HELLO" AND "OKAY." (Ref. P.A.B. No. 123 THE REALITY SCALE) _______ 6G. INJURY "WHERE DID IT HAPPEN?," "WHERE ARE YOU NOW?" (Ref. ABILITY 110 TECHNIQUES OF CHILD PROCESSING, Technical Volume III, pp. 553-554) _______ 6H. ILLNESS OR INJURY "FROM WHERE COULD YOU COMMUNICATE TO A _______ (body part)?" (To F/N, Cog, VGIs.) (Ref. HCOB 21 Jul 59 HGC ALLOWED PROCESSES) _______ 6I. INJURY "LOOK AT THAT (object)." "DECIDE THE INJURY CANNOT HAVE IT." Ep: Pain gone, Cog, F/N. (Ref. ABILITY 73 ASSISTS IN SCIENTOLOGY) _______ HCOB 29.7.81 I - 4 - ATTACHMENT 3 6J. INJURY "KEEP IT FROM GOING AWAY." (Ref. ABILITY 73 ASSISTS IN SCIENTOLOGY) _______ 6K. ILLNESS Run "HOLD IT STILL" on body parts until somatics blow. (Ref. HCOB 29 Jul 81 II ADDITIONAL ASSIST PROCESSES AND DATA) _______ 6L. INJURY (IMPACT) WHERE AREN'T YOU BEING _______ (e.g. "hit")? Making sure he gets these places with great certainty. As a result you will get yourself quite a reduction in case. (Run to F/N, Cog, VGIs.) (Ref. 5406C17 ASSISTS) _______ 6M. ILLNESS "WHAT OTHER ILLNESSES COULD YOU HAVE?" (Run repetitively to F/N, Cog, VGls.) (Ref. 5608C. HPC A-18 CHRONIC SOMATIC) _______ 6N. ILLNESS OR INJURY Ask the pc "GIVE ME ANOTHER PURPOSE FOR A (e.g. bad ear)." (He already assumes he's given you one. He's got a bad ear.) You could ask him for a few more purposes. Have him dream up a few more purposes and he'll feel much better. (Ref. 5608C.. HPC A-18 CHRONIC SOMATIC) _______ 6O. ILLNESS "CAN YOU RECALL A TIME WHEN SOMEBODY ELSE HAD THAT CONDITION?" "CAN YOU RECALL A TIME WHEN YOU DECIDED TO HAVE THAT CONDITION?" To F/N, GIs. (Ref. ABILITY MAGAZINE MAJOR 4 of early July, 1955 entitled STRAIGHTWIRE A MANUAL OF OPERATION. Tech Volume II, pp. 216-239) _______ 6P. ILLNESS OR INJURY Fly Rudiments as follows: HANDLE ANY ARC BREAK that might have existed at the time (a) with the environment, (b) with another, (c) with others, (d) with himself, (e) with the body part or the body, and (f) with any failure to recover at once. Each to F/N. _______ HANDLE ANY PROBLEM the person may have had (a) at the time of illness or injury, (b) subsequently due to his or her condition. Each to F/N. _______ HANDLE ANY WITHHOLD (a) the person might have had at the time, (b) any subsequent withhold, and (c) any having to withhold the body from work or others or the environment due to being physically unable to approach it. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) _______ HCOB 29.7.81 I - 5 - ATTACHMENT 3 6Q. ILLNESS OR INJURY L1C "Concerning the illness -- " or "Concerning the injury/accident -- ." Can also do L1C on the injured member. (Ref. HCOB 23 Jul 71R Rev. 16 Jul 78 ASSISTS) _______ 6R. ILLNESS ASSESS FOR AREA OF ILLNESS AND PREPCHECK ON THE AREA. ALSO ONE CAN PREPCHECK THE BODY ITSELF. (Ref. HCOB 24 Jul 69R Rev. 24.7.78 SERIOUSLY ILL PCs) _______ 6S. ILLNESS OR INJURY RUN THE INCIDENT ITSELF Narrative R3RA Quad to erasure and full EP. Interest is checked. It is understood here that Flow 1 was the physical incident itself, not necessarily something done to the person but as something that happened to him or her. (Ref. HCOB 26 Jun 78RA II Re-rev. 15 Sep 78 NED Series 6RA R3RA ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS, HCOB 28 Jul 71RA Re-rev. 22.9.78 C/S Series 54RA NED Series 8R DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON) NOTE: Dianetics is not run on Clears or OTs. _______ 6T. INJURY Date/Locate the injury. (Ref. HCOB 15 Nov 78 DATING AND LOCATING) _______ 6U. ILLNESS OR INJURY HANDLE ANY SECONDARY, which is to say emotional reactions, stresses or shocks before, during or after the situation. Narrative Secondaries are run R3RA Narrative Quad. Interest is checked. It is important to get the earliest beginning of the incident and to continue to check for earlier beginning each run through. (Ref. HCOB 26 Jun 78RA II Re-rev. 15.9.78 NED Series 6RA R3RA ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS, HCOB 28 Jun 78RA Re-rev. 15.9.78 NED Series 7RA R3RA COMMANDS, HCOB 28 Jul 71RA Re-rev. 22.9.78 C/S Series 54RA, NED Series 8R DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON, HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) NOTE: Dianetics is not run on Clears or OTs. _______ 6V. ILLNESS OR INJURY PREASSESS THE INCIDENT and take to a full Dianetic EP all somatics connected with the incident in which the pc is interested. (Ref. HCOB 18 Jun 78R Rev. 20.9.78 NED Series 4R ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM and the issues referenced in 6U above) NOTE: Dianetics is not run on Clears or OTs. _______ 6W. ILLNESS OR INJURY Check if the area was audited before on R3RA. If so, L3RG to F/N list on it. (Ref. HCOB 29 Jul 81 II ADDITIONAL ASSIST PROCESSES AND DATA) _______ HCOB 29.7.81 I - 6 - ATTACHMENT 3 6X. ILLNESS OR INJURY If pc has a Service Fac or Evil Purpose behind it, R3RA Quad. Note: Dianetics is not run on Clears and OTs. (Ref. HCOB 29 Jul 81 II ADDITIONAL ASSIST PROCESSES AND DATA) _______ 6Y. ILLNESS OR INJURY POSTULATE TWO-WAY COMM. To F/N. Not E/S. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) _______ 6Z. ILLNESS OR INJURY PRIOR CONFUSION. By 2-way comm see if a confusion existed prior to the accident, injury or illness. To F/N. Not E/S. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) _______ 6AA. ILLNESS OR INJURY MYSTERY POINT. 2wc any mysterious aspect of the incident to F/N Cog VGIs. Not E/S. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) _______ 6BB. ILLNESS OR INJURY 2WC AGREEMENT: Get any agreement the person may have had in or with the incident. Not E/S. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) _______ 6CC. ILLNESS OR INJURY PROTEST: 2wc any protest in the incident. Not E/S. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) _______ 6DD. ILLNESS OR INJURY PREDICTION: 2wc (a) How long he/she expects to take to recover. (b) Get the person to tell you any predictions others have made about it. 2wc it to an F/N Cog VGIs. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) _______ 6EE. ILLNESS LOSSES. 2wc anything the pc may have lost to F/N. Not E/S. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY, HCOB 29 Mar 65 ALL LEVELS ARC BREAKS) _______ 6FF. ILL OR INJURED WITH FIXED PICTURE BEFORE-AFTER: Where an injured or ill pc is so stuck that he has a fixed picture that does not move, one can jar it loose by asking him to recall a time before the incident and then asking him to recall a time after it. This will "jar the engram loose" and change the stuck point. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) _______ HCOB 29.7.81 I - 7 - ATTACHMENT 3 6GG. ILLNESS OR INJURY Have the numb, painful or injured area say "THERE IS SOMETHING HERE, THERE IS NOTHING HERE" having it then say, "THERE IS SOMETHING THERE, THERE IS NOTHING THERE" having the preclear say about the area, "THERE IS SOMETHING THERE, THERE IS NOTHING THERE," and then the preclear about himself, "THERE IS SOMETHING HERE, THERE IS NOTHING HERE." This makes a complete bracket. (Run to Pain gone, Cog, F/N.) (Ref. THE JOURNAL OF SCIENTOLOGY 16-G THIS IS SCIENTOLOGY THE SCIENCE OF CERTAINTY VOL 1 PAGE 388 OF TECHNICAL VOLUMES) _______ 6HH. ILL OR INJURED AND WAS IN A SMALL ROOM FOR A LONG TIME The gradient scale of taking people into larger and larger spaces was an early one. An individual has been lying in this small room. He's very ill. He's been lying in this small room for days and days and weeks and weeks and you're going to process him. Just get him into a little bit larger space. The tremendous tiredness he will experience is just giving him a little more space and a greater remoteness of wall. You take him out of his room into a larger room, he will start to experience tiredness. If you did that every day, and you gave him a little more space every day and gradiently scaled him up the line a little bit more and a little bit more, the individual would snap out of it. It's quite interesting because what you're doing is giving him a gradient scale of larger spaces to confront. Just don't give it to him with such steep doses that he finds them unconfrontable and you've got it made. (Ref. 5904C23 SH PA 20 THEORY OF PROCESSES) _______ 6II. INJURY Where a person is injured, given a contact or touch assist and then medical examination and treatment, he is given the remainder as soon as he is able to be audited. The drug "five days" does not need to apply. But where the person has been given an assist over drugs, one must later come back to the case when he is off drugs and run the drug part out or at least make sure that nothing was submerged by the drugs. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY, HCOB 15 Jul 71RC III Re-rev. 31.1.79 C/S Series 48RD NED Series 9RB DRUG HANDLING and HCOB 19 May 69RB Re-rev. 14.11.78 DRUG AND ALCOHOL CASES PRIOR ASSESSING) _______ 6JJ. INJURY "SPOT THE SPOT WHERE YOU WERE INJURED." "SPOT A SPOT OUTSIDE (the house, etc.)" or "...AWAY FROM (the gate, etc.)." Run alternate repetitive until pc exteriorizes or something blows. (Ref. HCOB 29 Jul 81 II ADDITIONAL ASSIST PROCESSES AND DATA) _______ HCOB 29.7.81 I - 8 - ATTACHMENT 3 6KK. ILLNESS OR INJURY Fly Ruds before the illness or injury. (Can be done Quad.) (Ref. HCOB 24 Jul 69R Rev. 24 Jul 78 SERIOUSLY ILL PCS) _______ 6LL. ILLNESS OR INJURY PREPCHECK THE PRIOR CONFUSION TO THE ILLNESS OR THE ACCIDENT/INJURY. NOTE: Do not Prepcheck the illness itself or accident/injury itself. (Ref. HCOB 9 Nov 61 THE PROBLEMS INTENSIVE USE OF THE PRIOR CONFUSION, HCOB 7 Sep 78R Rev. 21.10.78 MODERN REPETITIVE PREPCHECKING. Also, 6110C03 SH SPEC 61, THE PRIOR CONFUSION) _______ 7. HIGH TEMPERATURE When illness is accompanied by temperature, antibiotics is usually the first thought. Then Fly all Ruds and do a Temperature Assist Version A or Version B. (Ref. HCOB 23 Jul 71R Rev. 16.7.78 ASSISTS, HCOB 24 Aug 71 II ASSISTS ADDITION, HCOB 29 Mar 75R Rev. 23 Oct 78 ANTI-BIOTICS, ADMINISTERING OF) _______ 8. PTS HANDLINGS 8A. ILLNESS OR INJURED The PTS C/S-1, given in HCOB 31 Dec 78 III EDUCATING THE POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCE, THE FIRST STEP TOWARD HANDLING: PTS C/S-1 must be done before any other PTS handling is begun. (Ref. HCOB 31 Dec 78 II OUTLINE OF PTS HANDLING) _______ 8B. INJURY SUPPRESSIVE PRESENCE: 2wc any suppressive or invalidative presence that may have caused a mistake to be made or the accident to occur. (To F/N Cog VGIs.) (Not E/S.) (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) _______ 8C. ILLNESS OR INJURY A metered PTS interview per HCOB 24 Apr 71 I, C/S Series 79, PTS INTERVIEWS or a "10 August Handling" per HCOB 10 Aug 73 PTS HANDLING done by an auditor in session or an MAA, D of P or SSO will, in most cases, assist the person to spot the antagonistic or SP element. Once spotted, the potential trouble source can be assisted in working out a handling for that terminal. (Ref. HCOB 31 Dec 78 II OUTLINE OF PTS HANDLING) _______ 8D. ILLNESS OR INJURY 3 S & Ds per HCOB 16 Aug 69R Rev. 25.9.78 HANDLING ILLNESS IN SCIENTOLOGY. _______ HCOB 29.7.81 I - 9 - ATTACHMENT 3 8E. ILLNESS OR INJURY RUDIMENTS: Flying ruds and overts triple or quad flow on the antagonistic terminal is often done to "get ruds in" and enable the pc to better confront the PTS situation he is faced with. This would, of course, be done only in session by a qualified auditor when so ordered by the Case Supervisor. (Ref. HCOB 31 Dec 78 Issue II OUTLINE OF PTS HANDLING) _______ 9. UNRESOLVING CONDITION 9A. WAS AUDITED WHILE ON DRUGS Where a person is injured, given a contact or touch assist and then medical examination and treatment, he is given the remainder as soon as he is able to be audited. The drug "five days" does not need to apply. But where the person has been given an assist over drugs, one must later come back to the case when he is off drugs and run the drug part out or at least make sure that nothing was submerged by the drugs. It is not uncommon for a person to be oblivious to certain parts of a treatment or operation at the time of initial auditing, only to have a missing piece of the incident pop up days, months or even years later. THIS is the reason injuries or operations occasionally seem to persist despite a full assist: a piece of it was left unhandled due to a drugged condition during the operation; such bits may come off unexpectedly in routine auditing on some other apparently disrelated chain. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY, HCOB 15 Jul 71RC III Re-rev. 31.1.79 C/S Series 48RD NED Series 9RB DRUG HANDLING and HCOB 19 May 69RB Re-rev. 14.11.78 DRUG AND ALCOHOL CASES PRIOR ASSESSING) _______ 9B. UNRESOLVED PAINS Where you can't fully repair a crippled left leg, don't be surprised to find it was the right leg that was hurt. You audit the left leg somatic in vain. If you do, start auditing somatics in the OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE BODY.... This is also true for toothaches. Look at the pc's mouth. Has the RIGHT upper molar ever been pulled or injured? Yes. That's how the left molar began to decay. The right upper molar was pulled. The pain (especially under the painkiller on the right side only) backed up and stopped on the opposite side. Eventually the left upper molar, under that stress, a year or ten later, caves in and aches. (Ref. HCOB 15 Jul 70R Rev. 17.7.78 UNRESOLVED PAINS) _______ 9C. ILLNESS OR INJURY Check if any L&N done in connection with the area, verify or correct the lists. NOTHING PRODUCES AS MUCH CASE UPSET AS A WRONG LIST ITEM OR A WRONG LIST. Nothing else produces such a sharp deterioration in a case or even illness. (Ref. HCOB 20 April 72 II C/S Series 78 PRODUCT PURPOSE AND WHY AND WC ERROR CORRECTION) _______ HCOB 29.7.81 I - 10 - ATTACHMENT 3 9D. NOTHING WORKING -- ILL OR INJURED "WHAT COULD BE WORSE THAN (the condition of the pc)." Run repetitively. Skip the F/Ns, just keep this one going until the pc gets well. (Ref. HCOB 29 Jul 81 II ADDITIONAL ASSIST PROCESSES AND DATA) _______ 10. ILLNESS OR INJURY DURING/AFTER AUDITING Repair the earlier auditing with the appropriate correction list and/or GF M5 as soon as possible. It can occur that a pc gets ill after being audited where the "auditing" is out-tech. When this occurs or is suspected, a Green Form should be assessed only by an auditor who can meter and whose TR 1 gets reads. The GF reads are then handled. Out Interiorization, bad lists, missed W/Hs, ARC Breaks and incomplete or flubbed engrams are the commonest errors. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) _______ 11. ASSISTS FOR A CHILD 11A. INJURED CHILD "WHERE DID IT HAPPEN?," "WHERE ARE YOU NOW?" (Ref. ABILITY 110 TECHNIQUES OF CHILD PROCESSING Technical Volume III pp. 553-554) _______ 11B. CHILD WITH PHYSICAL DEFECT OR PSYCHOSOMATIC ILL "FEEL MY ARM," "THANK YOU," "FEEL YOUR ARM," "THANK YOU," and so on, using common body parts. (Ref. ABILITY 110 TECHNIQUES OF CHILD PROCESSING Technical Volume III pp. 553-554) _______ 12. PREGNANCY A pregnant woman should have a full Preassessment done on birth and babies before delivery. Immediately after delivery the incident itself should be run out Narrative R3RA Quad and Preassessed if necessary. (Ref. HCOB 15 Jan 70 THE USES OF AUDITING, HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) _______ NOTE: Pregnant women are not to be audited or audit, for the sixth month on up, from power on up the Grade Chart. It is very common for pregnant mothers to be audited and to audit on New Era Dianetics and is in fact vital. NOTE: Dianetics is not run on Clears or OTs. 13. HIGH OR LO TA A C/S 53RL should be used to get the TA under control during assists if it cannot be gotten down. It must be done by an auditor who knows how to meter and can get reads. (Ref. HCOB 11 Jul 73RB Re-rev. 21.9.78 ASSIST SUMMARY) NOTE: Additional references applicable to this situation are HCOB 10 Dec 76RB Re-rev. 25.5.80 URGENT -- IMPORTANT C/S Series 99RB SCIENTOLOGY F/N AND TA POSITION and HCOB 2 Dec 80 FLOATING NEEDLE AND TA POSITION MODIFIED. _______ HCOB 29.7.81 I - 11 - ATTACHMENT 3 14. ILL OR INJURED AND IN NO-INTERFERENCE AREA Assess and handle the correction list for the Advanced Course level he is on or just completed as soon as possible. (Ref. HCOB 23 Dec 71 Solo C/S Series 10 C/S Series 73 THE NO-INTERFERENCE AREA) _______ 15. ACCIDENT PRONE Run a full battery of Objectives (CCHs, SCS, SOP 8-C, Op Pro by Dup, etc.) or put the person through the Survival Rundown. (Ref. HCOB 12 Jun 70 C/S Series 2 PROGRAMMING OF CASES) _______ 16. TIREDNESS Do a purpose list as follows: WHAT PURPOSE HAS BEEN BLUNTED? (You can also use "abandoned" if it reads better.) (Ref. HCOB 15 Sep 68 "Pc looking or continually...") Tiredness is technically BLUNTED PURPOSE. The most effective way to handle this is by overt-motivator engram. (Ref. HCOB 8 Sep 71R Rev. 20.5.75 CASE SUPERVISOR ACTIONS) _______  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Compilation assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=23/7/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  PREGNANCY AND AUDITING   Remimeo Auditors C/Ses Registrars  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JULY 1981 Remimeo Auditors C/Ses Registrars (Cancels BTB 27 Feb 1972RA Issue II, same title. The text was written by LRH and should have been issued as an HCOB, not a BTB.) PREGNANCY AND AUDITING Pregnant mothers are not to be audited or audit, for the sixth month on up, on Power and up on the Grade Chart. It is very common for pregnant mothers to be audited and to audit on Dianetics and is in fact vital. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Snr C/S FLB Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RM:bk Copyright $c 1977, 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Snr C/S FLB Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=26/6/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  USE OF LRH MODEL AUDITING TAPES   Remimeo Tech/Qual Pro TRs Course Cram Offs C/Ses  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo HCO BULLETIN OF 26 JUNE 1981 Tech/Qual Pro TRs Course (Cancels BTB 22 May 73R, TRs HOW TO USE THE Cram Offs LRH MODEL AUDITING TAPES which contained C/Ses an incorrect procedure for listening to the LRH Model Auditing Tapes.) USE OF LRH MODEL AUDITING TAPES LRH Model Auditing Tapes have been used with great success on Professional TRs Courses and in the cramming of auditors on their TRs. There is a correct way to use these demonstration tapes to help a student or auditor attain his own natural, smooth TRs. Prior to his own TR drilling, the student listens to the tapes until he has a good idea of the quality of TRs and session presence evident in them. This establishes a standard of performance. Then as the student is drilling his TRs he regularly listens to segments of the LRH tapes. He should occasionally make a tape of his own TRs and listen to the tape and compare it to an LRH tape noting any departures in the student's own TRs and then continue drilling to handle the departures. In doing this the students should refer to the HCOBs which cover the points needing improvement and word clear them to ensure complete understanding. When the student has done the above and feels he is nearing the point of a final pass he should work heavily on recording his own TRs and comparing them to the LRH tapes until he is satisfied he has made it at which point he makes his video or tape (whichever is required) for submission. He should then play back the video or tape and again compare it to the LRH tape ensuring he is satisfied. If the submission comes back from the C/S (or the person critiquing and passing the tapes) with any points to be corrected the student is to word clear the critique and the relevant HCOBs and other materials on TRs as needed. He also reviews the flunked tape or video so he sees exactly where he missed. Then he re-does the cycle of drilling and taping his TRs and comparing them to the LRH Model Auditing Tapes and resubmitting a video or tape until he is passed. An auditor working on his TRs in cramming can also use the LRH Model Auditing Tapes to improve his TRs. However, this use of the tapes does not substitute for a full, hard Pro TRs Course and any auditor who hasn't done one should be sent to do the Professional TRs Course. The above is a proven workable method of improving TRs and in bringing TRs up to passing standards. Use it. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research & Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk BOARD OF DIRECTORS Copyright $c 1981 of the by L. Ron Hubbard CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED of CALIFORNIA  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research & Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=5/5/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  STUDY GREEN FORM WORDS LIST   Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 5 MAY 1981 Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual STUDY GREEN FORM WORDS LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCOB 8 Jul 74R I Word Clearing Series 53R Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I Word Clearing Series 38 METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 4 May 81 STUDY GREEN FORM. These words should be cleared on the pc before the STUDY GREEN FORM is actually assessed per HCOB 9 Aug 78 Issue II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing when clearing these words on the pc. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if it was correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref. Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET) WORDS FROM THE STUDY GREEN FORM A, about, accepted, action, against, all, allowed, already, altered, an, and, another, any, anyone, anything, applied, apply, arbitrary, ARC Break, are, ashamed, asked, assignments, at, attention, attested, auditing, avoid. Backs, bad, basics, be, because, been, before, behind, being, books, bribe, but, by, bypassed charge. Caused, cheated, checksheet, choice, clearing, coaching, college (university), committed, completions, confused, connected, contained, continue, convinced, correct, correction, could, couldn't, course, courseroom, courses, credit, crimes, critical, cycle. Damaged, dangerous, data, debts, definitions, demanded, demands, deserve, dictionaries, did, difficult, didn't, disagreements, disturbed, do, doesn't, doing, doingness, done, don't. Earlier, early, else, emphasis, engram, environment, error, ever, exam, expect, exterior, eyesight, eyestrain. HCOB 5.5.81 - 2 - Failed, false, false data, falsely, falsified, fast, feel, felt, find, finishing, first, flunked, for, from, front. Get, given, go, going, gone, good, grades, gradient. Had, hadn't, handling, harm, has, have, haven't, having, hearing, help, high school, homework, how. In, improperly, inadequate, incomplete, incomprehensible, incorrect, injustice, instead, Int, intended, interest, into, invalidate, is, it. Job, judgement, just, justified. Knew, know, known. Learn, learned, learning, let, lied, like, list. Mad, made, make, makes, many, matching, materials, messed up, middle, misunderstoods, much. Need, never, no, not, nothing. Observe, of, omitted, on, once, one, only, or, order, other, others, out, outcast, overrun, overts, overwhelmed, own. Paid, pain, parts, pass, passed, past, place, poorly, post, pre-requisites, pretended, prevented, problem, progress, PT, punished, pushed. Reason, received, refused, reprimanded, restimulation, results, revolt, ridiculed, rules. Said, school, schooling, seem, shouldn't, shown, significance, skip, skipped, slowly, smarter, so, social, some, someone, something, starting, stats, stay, steep, stolen, student, students, studied, study, studying, study tech, stupid, subject, supervise, supervisor, supervision, supposed. Taken, taught, teacher, teachers, test, text, textbook, textbooks, than, that, the, their, there, things, think, this, threatened, time, to, told, too, tried, trouble, TRs, turned. Unable, unavailable, understand, unnecessary, unpaid, upset, use, useless, using. Verbal data, violated. Want, wanted, wanting, was, way, well, were, what, when, which, while, who, whole, why, willingness, with, withholding, word clearing, words, work, would, wrong. You, you'd, your, you're, yourself, you've. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk BOARD OF DIRECTORS Copyright $c 1981 of the by L. Ron Hubbard CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED of CALIFORNIA  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=4/5/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=31/3/82 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Study Series 10R STUDY GREEN FORM   Remimeo Class IV Grad Auditor Chksheet SHSBC Level F Chksheet C/Ses Class IV Grad and above Auditors and C/Ses Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MAY 1981R Remimeo REVISED 31 MARCH 1982 Class IV Grad Auditor Chksheet SHSBC Level F (Revised to align handlings Chksheet on the list with the recent C/Ses streamlining of the Grade Class IV Grad Chart, to clarify handlings and above for items 24 and 25 and to Auditors and add three questions to the C/Ses list, #s 15, 139 and 140.) Tech/Qual (Revisions in Script) (Ellipsis Indicates Deletion) Study Series 10R STUDY GREEN FORM REF: HCOB 2 Jul 78 New Era Dianetics Series 11 DIANETIC STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE HCOB 23 Nov 89RB III STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE Re-revised 4.9.78 The Study Green Form is an analysis list which locates and indicates the handling of troubles with the subject of study, largely independent of or in addition to misunderstood words. The Study Green Form is not a WCCL. Questions addressed to misunderstood words or word clearing difficulties are found on the WCCL, not necessarily on the Study Green Form. The product of the Study Green Form is a person who knows he can study. Assess this list Method 3 or 5. If the pc has a big win end off the session and let him have his win. When he is off his win, the list is then resumed and completed through to the end unless the Ep of "person knows he can study" has been reached. Otherwise, it is completed all the way through to the end, in all cases. It is reassessed if necessary. This action wouldn't be programmed for if the pc is in the middle of an action such as an Int RD, L & N correction or in the Non-Interference Zone. It would also not be programmed for if the pc is mid the purif RD, SRD or a Drug RD (as these actions handle drug charge which is a barrier to study), nor would it be done during rundowns which specifically forbid the interjection of other actions. The Study Green Form can otherwise be programmed for as appropriate when a pc has study trouble that requires this handling. It will be found, on some pcs, that the subject of study has become so charged that the very idea of study itself has become traumatic. When a person becomes very misemotional about study, has persisting study troubles that do not clean up or when there are other indicators of study-connected engrams the person should be given a Study Green Form followed by a Student Rescue Intensive (when needed). The Student Rescue Intensive may be necessary before the person reaches the EP of "knows he can study." Rarely, one may have to send the person back to study for a day or two after having had the list standardly done on him before he'll realize that he can now study. Such a case would be recognized by mention of something along the lines of "feel better about study but don't know if I can yet because I haven't tried." HCOB 4.5.81R - 2 - Rev. 31.3.82 In this situation, on C/S instruction, the D of P (1) R-factors the person to go to study for a day or two and to report in after study each day, whereupon (2) the D of P puts the person on the meter and asks "Tell me about study today" and (3) gets the data. (Note: he does not ask any leading questions like "how does he feel about study" or anything of the sort.) From the data gathered the person either (a) goes back to study for another day, (b) goes back into session to complete the Study Green Form, (c) declares the Study Green Form complete or (d) if study is too traumatic to bear, is given a Student Rescue Intensive. This is decided by the C/S only. 1. HAVE YOU GONE EXTERIOR IN AUDITING? _______ If so, and pc has had no previous Int handling, do the following ONLY IF INT IS VALIDLY READING: On pcs below NED, do End of Endless Int Repair Rundown per Int Series 4RA. On pcs at the level of NED, do an Int Rundown including R3RA per Int Series 2. On Clears or above, do End of Endless Int Repair Rundown per Int Series 4RA. If you run into difficulties, or if the pc has previously had Int auditing, repair per the instructions under (2) below. 2. HAS YOUR INT HANDLING BEEN MESSED UP? _______ Do an Int RD Correction List Revised (HCOB 29 Oct 71RA Re-rev. 24.9.78) and handle the reads. If Int Correction has already been done on the pc, get an FES of the Int RD and its corrections. When all errors are corrected, the C/S may order the End of Endless Int Repair RD per Int Series 4RA. 3. HAS THERE BEEN A LIST ERROR? _______ Find out which list and handle with an L4BRA. 4. ON STUDY HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN A WRONG WHY? _______ L4BRA and handle. 5. ON STUDY DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK? _______ ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N. 6. ON STUDY DO YOU HAVE A PROBLEM? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 7. ON STUDY ARE YOU WITHHOLDING ANYTHING? _______ Get what, if discreditable find out who missed it. E/S to F/N. 8. HAVE YOU HAD EARLY BAD AUDITING? _______ L1C Method 3 on early auditing. 9. WAS WORD CLEARING DONE IN THE MIDDLE OF ANOTHER INCOMPLETE AUDITING CYCLE? _______ 2WC to F/N. Get which cycle pc is on and by folder inspection evaluate which one needs to be completed first -- make sure it is fully noted on the pc's program to complete word clearing if the other action is handled first. 10. DO YOU HAVE AN INCOMPLETE TRS COURSE? _______ 2WC to F/N. Pgm to complete TRs Course. HCOB 4.5.81R - 3 - Rev. 31.3.82 11. HAVE YOU HAD EARLIER BAD STUDY CORRECTION? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N or appropriate correction list as indicated. 12. ON STUDY HAVE YOU HAD TROUBLE WITH CLEARING WORDS? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. WCCL if needed. Pgm for Method 1 W/C or repair/flattening of it if already done. 13. ON STUDY IS THERE BYPASSED CHARGE ON WORD CLEARING? _______ WCCL and handle. 14. DO YOU HAVE TROUBLE WITH WORDS? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. WCCL if needed. Pgm for Method 1 W/C or repair/flattening of it if already done. 15. DO YOU HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS WHICH WON'T CLEAN UP? _______ Ask: "Do you have any withhold about going past misunderstoods?" If so, handle as a missed withhold, getting who missed it, to F/N or E/S to F/N. Then clear the MUs, each to F/N. 16. DO YOU HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS FROM YOUR EARLIER SCHOOLING? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. WCCL if needed. Pgm for Method 1 W/C or repair/flattening of it if already done. 17. ON STUDY HAS YOUR WORD CLEARING BEEN MESSED UP? _______ WCCL and handle. 18. DON'T YOU WANT TO STUDY? _______ Find out if there was a time when he did want to study and someone invalidated this and clean it up. Otherwise ask "Tell me about why you don't want to study," and 2WC to F/N. Pull any withholds missed in study, E/S to F/N. 19. HAS THERE BEEN NO AUDITING ON THE SUBJECT OF STUDY? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 20. HAVE YOU BEEN MADE TO STUDY BECAUSE SOMEONE ELSE DEMANDED IT? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 21. HAVE YOU HAD TO STUDY WHEN YOU DIDN'T WANT TO? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 22. ON STUDY HAS THERE BEEN AN INJUSTICE? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 23. HAVE YOU BEEN THREATENED INTO STUDYING? _______ 3 Way or Quad Recalls on being threatened into studying. F1: Recall a time you were threatened into studying. F2: Recall a time you threatened another into studying. F3: Recall a time others threatened others into studying. F0: Recall a time you threatened yourself into studying. 24. HAVE YOU BEEN PUNISHED INTO STUDYING? _______ 3 Way or Quad Recalls on being punished into studying. F1: Recall a time you were punished into studying. F2: Recall a time you punished another into studying. F3: Recall a time others punished others into studying. F0: Recall a time you punished yourself into studying. For Clears and above: Indicate it and let the pc tell you about it if he wishes, to get an F/N. HCOB 4.5.81R - 4 - Rev. 31.3.82 25. IS THERE PAIN CONNECTED WITH STUDY? _______ 3 Way or Quad Recalls on pain connected with study. F1: Recall a time pain was connected with study. F2: Recall a time you caused another to have pain connected with study. F3: Recall a time others caused others to have pain connected with study. F0: Recall a time you caused yourself to have pain connected with study. For Clears and above: Indicate it and let the pc tell you about it if he wishes, to get an F/N. 26. HAVE YOU BEEN MADE TO STUDY WHEN YOU HAD NO WILLINGNESS TO KNOW? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 27. HAVE YOU BEEN MADE TO FEEL BAD ABOUT DOING POORLY IN STUDY? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 28. HAVE YOU BEEN ASHAMED OF YOUR SCHOOL GRADES? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 29. HAVE YOU BEEN MADE TO FEEL LIKE A SOCIAL OUTCAST BECAUSE YOU DIDN'T DO WELL IN SCHOOL? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 30. HAVE YOU BEEN PUSHED TO GET GOOD GRADES? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 31. HAVE YOU BEEN ASHAMED OF NOT FINISHING HIGH SCHOOL? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 32. WERE YOU MADE TO THINK YOU'D FAILED BECAUSE YOU DIDN'T GO TO COLLEGE (UNIVERSITY)? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 33. HAS SOMEONE TOLD YOU YOU WERE A BAD STUDENT? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 34. HAVE YOU BEEN RIDICULED IN FRONT OF OTHER STUDENTS? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 35. HAS THERE BEEN NO ONE TO SUPERVISE YOUR STUDY? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 36. ON STUDY HAS NO ONE SHOWN ANY INTEREST IN YOUR PROGRESS? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 37. HAVE YOU HAD BAD STUDY SUPERVISION? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 38. ON STUDY HAVE YOU HAD BAD COACHING? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 39. ON STUDY HAVE YOU RECEIVED VERBAL DATA? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 40. ON STUDY HAVE YOU BEEN INVALIDATED? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 41. HAVE YOU KNOWN IT WOULD NEVER DO ANY GOOD TO STUDY? _______ Find out if there was a time when he felt it did matter if he studied and someone invalidated this. If so, clean it up. Otherwise ask, "Tell me about why it would never do any good to study," and 2 WC to F/N. HCOB 4.5.81R - 5 - Rev. 31.3.82 42. ON STUDY HAVE YOU INVALIDATED YOURSELF? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 43. HAS SOMEONE TOLD YOU THAT YOU DON'T KNOW HOW TO STUDY? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 44. HAVE YOU BEEN FLUNKED WHEN YOU SHOULDN'T HAVE BEEN? _______ Indicate. Rehab the point when he know he had it. 45. ON STUDY HAD YOU MADE IT AND SOMEONE SAID YOU HADN'T? _______ Indicate. Rehab the point when he made it. 46. HAS SOMEONE INVALIDATED WHAT YOU STUDIED? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 47. ON STUDY HAVE YOU BEEN MADE TO FEEL STUPID ABOUT A SUBJECT? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 48. ON STUDY HAS SOMEONE TRIED TO CORRECT YOU WHEN THERE WAS NOTHING WRONG? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 49. HAVE YOU BEEN PREVENTED FROM STUDYING? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 50. HAVE YOU BEEN REPRIMANDED FOR WANTING TO KNOW? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 51. HAVE YOU EVER BEEN MADE WRONG FOR BEING SMARTER THAN OTHERS? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 52. HAS ANYONE INVALIDATED YOU FOR WANTING TO STUDY OR LEARN? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 53. HAVE YOU EVER PRETENDED NOT TO BE A GOOD STUDENT IN ORDER TO BE ACCEPTED BY OTHERS? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 54. WERE YOU NOT ALLOWED TO OBSERVE, UNDERSTAND AND DO? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 55. COULDN'T YOU STUDY BECAUSE OF THE DEMANDS OF A JOB OR POST? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 56. WAS THERE NO TIME TO STUDY? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 57. HAS THERE BEEN SOMETHING WRONG WITH THE STUDY ENVIRONMENT? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 58. HAVE YOU BEEN DISTURBED WHILE STUDYING? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 59. ON STUDY WAS SOMEONE MAD AT YOU? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 60. ON STUDY IS THERE AN ENGRAM IN RESTIMULATION? _______ If so, indicate it. If no F/N: On a person not Clear but who is capable of running engrams, if the engram has not been run previously, run it out R3RA or Narrative R3RA as applicable. If it has been run before, L3RG and handle. On Clears and above OR on those not up to running engrams, if no F/N on indication, get pc to Itsa on the moment of key-in to F/N, getting E/S key-ins of that engram as necessary. DO NOT RUN or otherwise touch the engram. HCOB 4.5.81R - 6 - Rev. 31.3.82 61. DO YOU HAVE AN ENGRAM MATCHING PT STUDY? _______ If so, indicate it. If no F/N: On a person not Clear but who is capable of running engrams, if the engram has not been run previously, run it out Narrative R3RA Triple/Quad or R3RA as applicable. If it has been run before, L3RG and handle. On Clears and above OR on those not up to running engrams, if no F/N on indication, get pc to Itsa on the moment of key-in to F/N, getting E/S key-ins of that engram as necessary. DO NOT RUN or otherwise touch the engram.... 62. HAVE YOU BEEN OVERWHELMED ON STUDY? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 63. HAVE YOU BEEN CONNECTED TO SOMEONE WHO DIDN'T WANT YOU TO LEARN? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 64. HAVE YOU BEEN MADE TO FEEL A SUBJECT WAS DANGEROUS? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 65. DOESN'T STUDY TECH WORK ON YOU? _______ Find out what didn't work and correct it to F/N VGIs and a win. 66. ON STUDY IS THERE SOMETHING YOU'RE CONFUSED ABOUT? _______ Find out what it is and clear it up to F/N and VGIs. 67. ON STUDY HAVE YOU GONE PAST MISUNDERSTOODS? _______ Assess a WCCL and handle. 68. HAVE YOU FAILED TO USE STUDY TECH? _______ 2WC to find out what he hasn't used. Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N, then clear up any misunderstoods that have come up. 69. ON STUDY WERE THERE NO DICTIONARIES? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 70. ON STUDY WERE THE DICTIONARIES INADEQUATE? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 71. ON STUDY WERE THE DICTIONARIES INCOMPREHENSIBLE? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 72. ON STUDY HAVE MATERIALS CONTAINED INCORRECT DATA? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 73. ON STUDY WERE YOU GIVEN NO TEXT? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 74. ON STUDY WERE YOU GIVEN A FALSE TEXT? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 75. HAVE YOU BEEN UNABLE TO FIND THE DATA YOU WANTED IN TEXTBOOKS? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 76. HAS THE DATA IN BOOKS BEEN INCOMPREHENSIBLE? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 77. HAVE YOU WANTED TO LEARN SOMETHING BUT YOU COULDN'T GET IT OUT OF A TEXTBOOK? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 78. HAVE YOU STUDIED SOMETHING THAT WAS FALSE? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. HCOB 4.5.81R - 7 - Rev. 31.3.82 79. HAVE THERE BEEN DISAGREEMENTS WITH DATA? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 80. ON STUDY HAS ANYONE TAUGHT OR GIVEN YOU FALSE DATA? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 81. HAS SOMEONE MADE YOU STUDY IMPROPERLY? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 82. ON STUDY HAVE YOU BEEN PREVENTED FROM USING YOUR OWN JUDGEMENT? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 83. HAVE THERE BEEN ARBITRARY RULES ABOUT HOW YOU STUDY? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 84. WAS THERE NO REASON FOR LEARNING SOMETHING?? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 85. HAVE YOU HAD TO STUDY SOMETHING YOU WOULD NEVER NEED TO APPLY? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 86. COULDN'T YOU GET RESULTS WITH WHAT YOU LEARNED? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 87. HAVE YOU STUDIED ONLY TO PASS AN EXAM? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 88. HAVE YOU NEVER APPLIED WHAT YOU LEARNED? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 89. HAVE YOU STUDIED FOR SOME OTHER REASON? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 90. WAS THERE NO CHOICE ABOUT WHAT YOU STUDIED? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 91. DID YOU HAVE TO STUDY WHEN YOU WANTED TO DO SOMETHING ELSE? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 92. HAVE YOU HAD TO STUDY SOMETHING YOU HAD NO INTEREST IN? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 93. HAVE YOU HAD TO STUDY A SUBJECT THAT WAS OF NO USE? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 94. HAVE YOU HAD TO LEARN TOO MANY THINGS BEFORE YOU COULD LEARN WHAT YOU WANTED TO? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 95. DID SOMETHING SEEM TOO DIFFICULT TO LEARN? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 96. HAVE YOU HAD TO STUDY TOO MUCH TOO FAST? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 97. WERE YOU ASKED TO DO THINGS YOU COULDN'T STUDY? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 98. WERE YOU ASKED TO LEARN THE WHOLE SUBJECT AT ONCE? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 99. DID SOMEONE EXPECT YOU TO KNOW IT ALL AT ONCE? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. HCOB 4.5.81R - 8 - Rev. 31.3.82 100. DO YOU LEARN SLOWLY BUT YOU'VE BEEN MADE TO STUDY FAST? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 101. DO YOU LEARN FAST BUT YOU'VE BEEN MADE TO STUDY SLOWLY? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 102. HAVE THE BASICS OF A SUBJECT BEEN OMITTED? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 103. HAVE STUDY MATERIALS BEEN UNAVAILABLE? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 104. WAS IT ALL DOINGNESS AND NO REASON WHY? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 105. HAS IT BEEN ALL SIGNIFICANCE AND NO DOINGNESS? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 106. ON STUDY WAS A GRADIENT TOO STEEP? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 107. ON STUDY DID YOU SKIP A GRADIENT? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 108. HAVE YOU HAD TO CONTINUE STUDYING WHEN YOU ALREADY KNEW IT? _______ Indicate. Rehab the point where he knew it. 109. ON STUDY HAS THERE BEEN A WRONG EMPHASIS? _______ Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N. 110. DO YOU HAVE OVERTS AGAINST STUDY? _______ Get what, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 111. HAVE YOU COMMITTED OVERTS BY REASON OF STUDY? _______ Get what, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 112. HAVE YOU COMMITTED CRIMES IN SCHOOL? _______ Get what, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 113. DID YOU EVER DO ANYTHING IN STUDY THAT YOU FELT BAD ABOUT? _______ Get what, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 114. ON STUDY DID YOU EVER DO ANYTHING BAD WHICH YOU JUSTIFIED? _______ Get what, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 115. HAVE YOU VIOLATED STUDENT RULES? _______ Find out what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 116. HAVE YOU GIVEN VERBAL DATA OR DEFINITIONS TO OTHERS? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 117. HAVE YOU COMMITTED OVERTS ON A TEACHER OR SUPERVISOR? _______ Get what, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 118. HAVE YOU BEEN CRITICAL OF STUDY OR TEACHERS BEHIND THEIR BACKS? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 119. HAVE YOU CAUSED AN UPSET IN A COURSEROOM? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. HCOB 4.5.81R - 9 - Rev. 31.3.82 120. HAVE YOU LIED TO A TEACHER OR SUPERVISOR? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 121. HAVE YOU MADE TROUBLE FOR A TEACHER OR SUPERVISOR? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 122. HAVE YOU REFUSED TO LET OTHERS HELP YOU LEARN? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 123. HAVE YOU COMMITTED OVERTS ON STUDENTS? _______ Get what, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 124. HAVE YOU MADE ANOTHER FEEL STUPID? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 125. HAVE YOU MADE OTHERS FEEL ASHAMED OF THEIR GRADES? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 126. HAVE YOU DAMAGED STUDY MATERIALS OR BOOKS? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 127. HAVE YOU STOLEN STUDY MATERIALS OR BOOKS? _______ Get what, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 128. DO YOU HAVE UNPAID DEBTS FOR COURSES YOU'VE TAKEN? _______ Get what, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 129. HAVE YOU OMITTED DOING PARTS OF A CHECKSHEET OR COURSE? _______ Get what, who missed it. E/S to F/N. 130. HAVE YOU PASSED A CHECKSHEET, TEST OR EXAM FALSELY? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 131. DID YOU BRIBE ANYONE IN ANY WAY TO PASS YOU? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 132. ON STUDY HAVE YOU CHEATED? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 133. ON STUDY HAVE YOU TAKEN CREDIT FOR SOMETHING YOU DIDN'T DO? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 134. ON STUDY HAVE YOU FAILED TO DO HOMEWORK OR ASSIGNMENTS? _______ Get what, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 135. HAVE YOU FALSIFIED YOUR STUDY STATS? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 136. HAVE YOU FALSELY ATTESTED TO COURSE COMPLETIONS? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 137. HAVE YOU PRETENDED YOU'VE STUDIED WHEN YOU HAVEN'T? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 138. HAVE YOU STUDIED BUT NOT INTENDED TO LEARN? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 139. DO YOU HAVE ANY WITHHOLD ABOUT GOING PAST MISUNDERSTOODS? _______ Pull the missed withhold E/S to F/N. Then clear each misunderstood he went past, each word to F/N. 140. HAVE YOU GONE PAST A MISUNDERSTOOD WORD OR ABBREVIATION IN YOUR WORK? _______ Handle the missed withhold of going past MUs, to F/N or E/S to F/N. Then clear each MU uncovered, to F/N. HCOB 4.5.81R - 10 - Rev. 31.3.82 141. WHILE ON STUDY HAVE YOU DONE SOMETHING ELSE INSTEAD? _______ Get what, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 142. DID YOU STUDY OR STAY IN SCHOOL TO AVOID HAVING TO DO SOMETHING ELSE? _______ Get what hs did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 113. ON STUDY HAVE YOU NOT PAID ATTENTION? _______ Get what he's done, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 114. HAVE YOU SKIPPED GOING TO STUDY? _______ Get what he's done, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 145. HAVE YOU NOT GONE TO SCHOOL WHEN YOU WERE SUPPOSED TO? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 146. HAVE YOU FALSELY ATTESTED TO COURSE PRE-REQUISITES? _______ Get what he did, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 147. HAVE YOU PRETENDED TO HAVE STUDIED THINGS YOU HADN'T? _______ Get what he's done, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 148. HAVE YOU DONE SOMETHING THAT MAKES YOU NOT DESERVE STUDY? _______ Get what, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 149. HAVE YOU STUDIED SOMETHING SO THAT YOU COULD DO HARM? _______ Get what, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 150. HAVE YOU PRETENDED TO KNOW A SUBJECT? _______ Get what he's done, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 151. HAVE YOU ALTERED STUDY TECH? _______ Get what he's done, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 152. HAVE YOU CONVINCED OTHERS IT WAS USELESS TO STUDY? _______ Get what he's done, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 153. HAVE YOU TURNED STUDENTS AGAINST THEIR TEACHERS? _______ Get what he's done, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 154. DID YOU EVER THINK OF STARTING A STUDENT REVOLT? _______ Get what he's done, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 155. HAVE YOU TRIED TO GET OTHER STUDENTS TO REVOLT? _______ Get what he's done, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 156. HAVE YOU GONE TO SCHOOL JUST TO MAKE TROUBLE? _______ Get what he's done, who missed it, E/S to F/N. 157. DO YOU HAVE EYESTRAIN OR BAD EYESIGHT? _______ 2WC to F/N. Note for C/S. 158. ON STUDY DO YOU HAVE TROUBLE WITH YOUR HEARING? _______ 2WC to F/N. Note for C/S. 159. IN STUDY HAS SOMETHING BEEN OVERRUN? _______ Find out what and rehab. 160. WAS THERE NOTHING WRONG WITH STUDY IN THE FIRST PLACE? _______ Indicate. If no F/N rehab or Date/Locate. HCOB 4.5.81R - 11 - Rev. 31.3.82 161. IS THIS LIST AN UNNECESSARY ACTION? _______ Indicate. If no F/N rehab or Date/Locate. 162. HAVE YOU EVER FELT YOU COULD STUDY? _______ Rehab this point. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Revision Assisted by Research & Technical Compilations Unit LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981, 1982 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Revision Assisted by Research & Technical Compilations Unit   Type = 11 iDate=10/4/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  REACH AND WITHDRAW   Remimeo Auditors Supervisors C/Ses  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 APRIL 1981 Remimeo Auditors Supervisors C/Ses REACH AND WITHDRAW Ref: PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN 7 1953 ca. mid-Aug SIX STEPS TO BETTER BEINGNESS 6307C25 SHSBC 290 COMM CYCLES IN AUDITING HCOB 14 Aug 63 LECTURE GRAPHS THE PHOENIX LECTURES (page 45) Reach and Withdraw is a very simple but extremely powerful method of getting a person familiarized and in communication with things so that he can be more at cause over and in control of them. One would not expect a person to be at cause over or to have much control or understanding of or skill in something with which hs was not familiar. The keynote of familiarity is communication. Reaching and withdrawing are two very fundamental actions in this universe and Reach and Withdraw is actually a breakthrough from advanced technology. Life itself is composed of reaching and withdrawing. Communication is actually based on reach and withdraw. A person is out of communication with something because he is withdrawing from it and is not about to reach out to or contact and part of it. If a person cannot reach and withdraw from a thing he will be the effect of that thing. A person who cannot reach and withdraw has no space. Everything is caved in on him. And this is awfully true in these druggie contemporary times. If a person can reach for something and withdraw from it he could be said to be in communication with that thing. To be in communication with something is to be at cause over it. By REACH we mean touching or taking hold of. It is defined as "to get to," "come to" and/or "arrive at." By WITHDRAW we mean move back from, let go. A highly effective action called "Reach and Withdraw" has been developed to bring a person into communication with and more at cause over, objects, people, spaces, boundaries and situations. It also extroverts a person from something he tends to be introverted into. USES Reach and Withdraw has a variety of different uses. HCOB 10.4.81 - 2 - It can be run as a drill on a student, staff member or any person, in order to familiarize him with the objects and spaces and boundaries of his work or study area. It is also used in session, as in Assists, etc. Reach and Withdraw is a very broad tool and whether used on a staff member, student or pc will have far reaching effects. Reach and Withdraw is very easy to run. Anyone can run Reach and Withdraw who has been checked out on the theory and procedure as contained in this HCOB. THEORY In Reach and Withdraw you are doing connection with Associative Restimulators. An Associative Restimulator is something in the environment of an individual that he has confused with an actual restimulator. Restimulators are the direct approximations (in the environment of the individual) of the content of engrams. They can be words, voice tones, people, objects, spaces, etc. The person has confused the objects, forms and spaces in his environment with those of incidents in his past. A=A=A enters in and you get a whole dangerous environment to the individual. Some areas are more restimulative than others, because they contain objects which directly restimulate past engrams. When a person runs Reach and Withdraw on his space or area he knocks out the Associative Restimulators in that area. The whole place is not restimulative to his past. It might just be the desk. Or it might be the air vent. You don't know what it is and he doesn't know what it is, but you'll get it and you'll run Reach and Withdraw on it and when you hit it, that thing will cease to be an Associative Restimulator or Restimulator and he'll get a cognition. In other words the objects, forms and spaces of earlier incidents go back into the past and those in the present cease to be restimulators and he comes into present time, boom! When you run Reach and Withdraw on a pilot making him reach and withdraw from an airplane and its various parts, you're getting rid of all the joy sticks that went into his stomach 200,000 years ago and the propeller that cut his head off on Arcturus and all that sort of thing. These things get peeled off and actually go into the past and cease to trouble the person when he perceives a similar object, form or space in the present. This is why Reach and Withdraw works. REACH AND WITHDRAW ON POST AND WORK AREAS In the physical universe communication with objects, forms, spaces and boundaries is best established by actual physical contact. HCOB 10.4.81 - 3 - Reach and Withdraw is a valuable tool to use to get a person into good communication with his work environment, especially the tools and objects he uses. A pilot would do Reach and Withdraw on all the objects and spaces of his airplane, his hangar, the earth; a secretary would do Reach and Withdraw on her typewriter, her chair, walls, spaces, her desk, etc. Reach and Withdraw is also used for the same purpose as part of Debug Tech. It is run after a Crashing Mis-U has been found and cleared in order to refamiliarize and get a person into communication with his production area. Feeling comfortable with the tools of one's trade is a very important step in getting out products. One can increase the amount of production tremendously with this drill. It is not kindergarten tech: a flight surgeon, trained by us, ran Reach and Withdraw on his squadron and for one whole year there was not one single accident, not even so much as the touch of a wingtip to a wingtip. It is probably the only squadron in history that went a whole year without even a minor accident and there was no accident at the end of that year either, we simply stopped keeping records of it. REACH AND WITHDRAW ON THE COURSE ROOM Any student in any course room can be run on Reach and Withdraw. Reach and Withdraw on the course room environment gets the student into communication with the course room and the people and materials he will be working with. It tends to handle and back-off the student mad have. It can be used to handle students who are withdrawn from the courseroom environment or who are restimulated by the courseroom environment. Reach and Withdraw can be run on: anything or anyone in the course room, paper, books, dictionaries, a student, a supervisor and the course room and its spaces. Reach and Withdraw is run on the above to a win for the student. The student will now be more in communication with and feel more comfortable in his study environment. REACH AND WITHDRAW IN AUDITING Reach and Withdraw in auditing has long been used to bring about an increase of sanity -- it has both mental and physical uses. It is used to get a preclear into communication with anything that may be troubling him, be it a person, a situation, an area or a part of the body. It also serves to separate him from terminals and situations so that he is not compulsive towards them. Reach and Withdraw can be used to restore communication to a sick or injured body part, and is often used this way in Assists. HCOB 10.4.81 - 4 - It is also used in Repairs and Assists of all kinds to restore a pc's communication and cause level, as covered in HCOB 13 Jun 70, C/S Series 3. COMMANDS AND PROCEDURE The commands for Reach and Withdraw are: 1) "Reach that _______ ." 2) "Withdraw from that _______ ." The following commands may be substituted if the wording is more appropriate to the particular person, place or thing being addressed: 1) "Touch that _______ ." 2) "Let go of that _______ ." A person, place or thing is named in the blank and the commands are given alternately (1,2,1,2, and so on) repetitively, with an acknowledgement given after the execution of each command. It is done on that one thing until the person has a minor win or 3 consecutive sets of commands with no change in the pc's motions or attitude. Then another person, place or thing is chosen and the commands are taken to a win on that item, and so on. The words "reach" and "withdraw" are defined for the person using only the definitions given on page 1 of this HCOB. The person running Reach and Withdraw on another always points to the object (or person, space, etc.) each time he gives a command so there will be no mistake made bd the person doing it. When being run as a drill on work or study areas different items are chosen and the action is done on each one until the person is in good communication with his general environment or specific area that is being addressed. In choosing objects one usually progresses from the smaller to the larger objects available, touching different parts of each one in turn to a minor win of some sort on that object or 3 sets of commands with no change. One can also include walls and floors and other parts of the environment. One doesn't keep the person reaching and withdrawing endlessly from the same part of anything that is being used but goes to different points and parts of an object being touched. If you keep him reaching for the same point on an object or just the general object time after time you are actually running a duplication process not Reach and Withdraw and Reach and Withdraw is not to be confused with Op Pro by Dup. The person would be taken to a win or 3 sets of commands with no change on that one object or space (not on each different part of it that he is reaching and withdrawing from). The reason why we have to have the 3 sets of commands with no change rule is that the person isn't on the meter and we have to depend on the person running the action to know when he hits a no-change. The object being used at the moment may not be of interest to the person or he may have no aberration on it. Yet he is working right there next to something HCOB 10.4.81 - 5 - that is extremely restimulative to him and his attention keeps being pulled onto it. So he can actually be quite distracted if Reach and Withdraw isn't run on the 3 sets of commands of no change rule. It also prevents an endless grind on Reach and Withdraw. So when the person has a minor win or does 3 sets of commands with no change, go onto the next object or space. The person administering Reach and Withdraw walks around with the person doing the action, ensuring that he actually does get in physical contact with the points or areas of objects, spaces and boundaries. We used to run Reach and Withdraw on ship stewards by having them walk into the dining room and walk out of the dining room over and over. This is used when you're running Reach and Withdraw on a room or a space rather than an object. Of course we also ran them on the other objects connected with their duties. END PHENOMENA The end phenomena of Reach and Withdraw is a win or cognition accompanied by good indicators on the whole area being addressed. Reach and Withdraw would not be run past a major win on the area. In auditing, Reach and Withdraw is run to a cognition accompanied by an F/N and very good indicators. RUNNING REACH AND WITHDRAW Auditors and other people running Reach and Withdraw have encountered some interesting phenomena, occasional difficulty and some astounding wins. Some of these are given here to supply additional reality and data on Reach and Withdraw. Phenomena A person being run on Reach and Withdraw will often begin by being very careful and slow and exhibit back off from touching the thing. He may not want to touch it at all. This flattens as the action is continued. There is a large variance in how long the action will run before the EP is reached. Sometimes it is very fast, sometimes it runs for quite a while before the person hits the EP. Occasionally the person will begin to do the process on automatic -- he just goes on circuit and carries out the commands, but it isn't really him doing it. If this should occur one can simply ask "How is it going?" or "What's happening?" and ack his answer and continue the process. Pictures or incidents show up or turn on and then blow off. This is perfectly all right -- in fact it is usual. One would simply continue running the action to EP. People will go through a cycle of interiorizing into the object or space and then after a while they exteriorize from it. They may get very interested in the object and all of its detail and parts. HCOB 10.4.81 - 6 - These are not all of the manifestations that will be encountered. But it gives one a good idea of what to expect. Difficulties Obviously anyone running Reach and Withdraw must stay in excellent communication with and be aware of the person he is running it on, so as not to miss a win or 3 sets of no-change commands. The person might not voice the win if he isn't in sufficient communication with the person doing the action on him. One must take care not to overrun a person on Reach and Withdraw. Sometimes the person doing the action will try to take over control of the action and choose what he will be run on and for how long. This is an indicator that the person running it is not controlling him well enough. Some people like to touch and feel the thing when they reach for it, not just give it a light tap. One must be alert to this and not prematurely acknowledge as it may cause an upset. Overrunning this action will cause difficulty. This has been a problem particularly when the person is supposed to run Reach and Withdraw on a series of items (as in Reach and Withdraw on the course room). The person may hit the EP of the whole action on the second item, yet it is continued to be run on other items past the EP. One runs Reach and Withdraw to its stated EP and that's the end of it. Don't go rote and plow the person in. When he's had his win and is brightly in present time and feels good about the environment, end off. Grogginess and anaten may turn on, but actually this is perfectly fine and the person would simply be continued on the action and he'll come out of it. Reach and Withdraw is a very simple action and if it is run per this HCOB one shouldn't get into difficulty. Wins The most common wins people have on Reach and Withdraw are increased perception, renewed communication and coming into PT on the area addressed. Sometimes a person will realize he has had a picture there instead of the object and when Reach and Withdraw is run, just as given above, the picture blows and he is there in PT with the object for the first time. Don't get involved with the picture, continue Reach and Withdraw. All sorts of pictures and incidents can turn on and blow during this action. Reach and Withdraw run on equipment has produced some amazing results. It increases the person's ability to use the equipment by increasing his familiarity and ARC for it. One person was run on Reach and Withdraw on a large piece of equipment he was having trouble installing. The installation seemed hopelessly bugged. During the Reach and Withdraw he realized that a large cable necessary to hook up the machine was totally disconnected! He'd never even seen the cable before. HCOB 10.4.81 - 7 - Reach and Withdraw has also handled a person's accident proneness with equipment. Often a person will go exterior when run on Reach and Withdraw on a large area or object. Reach and Withdraw on a sick or injured pc has keyed out engrams and greatly speeded recovery. One pc was suffering from a mysterious, but rather severe, pain in a body part. He was run on Reach and Withdraw on that body part and realized the source of the pain and blew the somatic totally. The wins and gains available from Reach and Withdraw are actually limitless. Reach and Withdraw is very easy to do. It is enjoyable for both the person administering it and the person receiving it and has very valuable results. If a person is going to do anything -- study a subject, learn to drive a car, start a new job or post, attain a high level of production, be at cause over the things he deals with or simply survive better, Reach and Withdraw on objects, people, situations, spaces and boundaries will greatly assist one's control, familiarity, cause level and understanding. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=4/4/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE BIOCHEMICAL PERSONALITY   Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Snr Execs HCO Tech Qual SSOs Dirs Pers Ethics Officers  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 APRIL 1981 Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Snr Execs HCO Tech Qual SSOs Dirs Pers Ethics Officers THE BIOCHEMICAL PERSONALITY REFS: HCOB 29 Aug 68 DRUG DATA Corr. & Reiss. 10.6.75 HCOB 28 Aug 68 II DRUGS HCOB 17 Oct 69RA DRUGS, ASPIRIN AND TRANQUILIZERS Re-rev. 20.9.78 HCOB 31 May 77 LSD, YEARS AFTER THEY HAVE "COME OFF OF" LSD HCOB 12 May 80 DRUGS AND OBJECTIVE PROCESSES HCOB 5 Nov 74 DRUGS, MORE ABOUT There is such a thing as the "biochemical personality." It is artificial and it is caused by drugs. The material in this bulletin provides a more comprehensive look than ever before at what we are faced with in these current times in the handling of cases both public and staff, and in the society at large. The data herein is invaluable for use by C/Ses and auditors in the programming and auditing of cases, as well as the handling of people on personnel and ethics lines or on the Qual lines of an org. Over the past decade, from a routine study of cases it began to appear that there were definite similarities in the personalities of those who had taken drugs. As the drug culture became more widespread and the incidence of hard street drugs became more and more common, the pattern appeared to become more pronounced. What was showing up was the fact that there appeared to be common denominators among the personality factors of druggies. It occurred to me that there might be something we didn't know about the personality of someone on drugs. The possibility was that there might be such a thing as a "biochemical personality," brought about by the taking of drugs. Approximately a year ago I decided to dig into this more deeply. The questions were: Precisely how common are the similarities in personality factors among cases who have taken heavy drugs? Is there such a thing as a biochemical (drug-induced) personality? If so, what are its attributes? Did these cases have those personality attributes before taking drugs? HCOB 4.4.81 - 2 - In other words, the possibility existed that if a normal person had been fed drugs you might find he had turned into a suppressive, or that a heavy this-lifetime restimulation had been brought about, or even whole track restimulation (since drugs were used for implants). It could be you would then find the case in excessive, covert resentment and hostility to the degree that the person was actually going against everything and anything in his environment, but that these factors were hidden from view. While reserving any final judgement until full research had been done, it seemed to be indicated from the decline society was taking that something happens to the personality because of drugs. We had long known that heavy drug cases can go quite "dead" or dull and stupid or go into unreal states of high and false euphoria. What needed to be determined from the symptoms being manifested was whether drugs have an action in them which brings about an attitude of covert, hidden hatred or a destructive urge towards anything and everything in the person's vicinity. It could even be that the person had started to take drugs to make himself feel better or even handle things so he wouldn't be so active and the drug then suppressed this into a state which made him covertly, constantly active, in a manner that was out of sight of others around him. It is quite common for alcoholics to go into a covert state of unrelenting hostility toward everything around them. Severe alcoholics have been known to do people in without ever mentioning it. So the questions were: Do drugs restimulate past track hatred and resentment? If so, the heavy drug case would be stuck out of present time. Do drugs alter the personality of a person into some kind of destructive, covert individual? Has the drug case learned to be all pleasant seemingly, while he actually rips everything apart? The co-relative factor in all this was the hard, brutal nature the current society is acquiring. In the face of the trend civilization is taking, it becomes extremely important to the handling of cases to determine whether drugs do alter the personality of the individual and if so, to what extent and in what way. An exhaustive study was made of cases who had taken or been given heavy drugs (LSD, Angel Dust and other hard drugs such as heroin, cocaine, speed, etc.). This included detailed examination of pc folders, surveys and interviews carried out with these pcs themselves. Surveys and interviews were conducted as well on associates who had known these or other cases before and after taking drugs. The following are the particular factors which were checked: 1. The attitude of the person. 2. Outpoints and what type of outpoint. 3. Whether or not the person had a secret hatred. In addition to the pc folder data obtained, the survey data was established by interviewing: HCOB 4.4.81 - 3 - a) Persons who had taken heavy drugs, who were asked about what they were like before taking drugs compared to what they were like after taking drugs. b) Persons who had not taken heavy drugs but who knew druggie cases both before and after they became druggies. The results of this research show very definitely that there are personality factors common to heavy drug cases, and that these are drug-produced. DRUG-PRODUCED ATTITUDES From 35 surveys and interviews done, the following is a tabulation of the response to questions regarding changes in personality as a result of taking drugs and attitudes after taking drugs. These surveys were done on drug cases themselves as well as on others who had known them before and after they took drugs. Lack of ambition/Loss of ambition/ "Don't care"/"Nothing matters": Total = 27. Introverted/Out of PT/Lack of reality: Total = 18. Drug-induced neuroses/psychoses: Total = 11. Attitudes which express a failure or refusal to perceive/predict the consequences of actions and/ or future: Total = 8. Couldn't (wouldn't)(didn't) communicate: Total = 6. "It wasn't really me"/"Not me" (Out of Valence): Total = 5. Anti-learning attitudes (overtly expressed opposition to learning, as different from an inability to learn, or loss of interest in learning): Total = 3. Almost one for one the drug cases interviewed stated they had not had such attitudes before taking drugs but had been "open," "outgoing," "had plans for the future," etc. Folder data from the cases studied shows that very often the individual feels insecure, uncertain of himself. A lot of drug cases do not state their disagreements openly. They are not about to cause trouble (or more trouble) for themselves, but are in a state of hidden mutiny and mention their disagreements in natter to others. Very often there is a statement of "pent up anger," but never expressed or stated to the object of the anger. Instead this would be mentioned covertly to others. Quite commonly drug cases will go into euphoria and assert they have attained high states of case: "Keyed-Out OT," "Native State," "Cause over the universe," "Natural OT," etc., such states actually being quite unreal. OUTPOINTS The following is a summary of the outpoints expressed in survey replies from persons themselves in regard to themselves after taking drugs or from others in regard to persons who had taken drugs. HCOB 4.4.81 - 4 - Omitted purpose (less ambition) = 6 Dropped out time (operating out of past) = 4 Disassociated = 4 Altered importance = 4 Omitted communication = 3 Omitted prediction = 3 Omitted perception (unaware of environment) = 2 False beingness (out of valence, not myself) = 2 Added time (slow in speech and/or action) = 2 Non sequitur = 1 Wrong target = 1 Note: The outpoints listed above are as observed by persons who had been on drugs and/or by associates of these persons who had observed them before and after taking drugs. The accuracy of the outpoints and frequency of these outpoints is limited by the ability to observe on the part of the person observing. From folder data among the drug cases studied, common outpoints include the fact that very often drug cases are dishonest, and sometimes obsessively lie (whether "under the gun" or not). Additionally, such cases often "wrong target" incessantly, i.e., they assign cause or blame to the wrong person or thing. SECRET HATREDS Another survey was conducted to find out whether or not any hatred or secret hatred had developed or been observed after the person had gone onto drugs. Not unexpectedly, this question turned up few replies from the individual drug cases surveyed and even less from those reporting on cases they had known before and after taking drugs. A few cases reported that after drugs, they became rebellious; unpleasant to be around or hard to deal with; that they looked upon the rest of society as being weird and in opposition to themselves; and some became antagonistic to parents. It is of note that there was very little affirmative survey response on this subject compared to the folder data from pc sessions. By contrast, folder data produced a great deal of data regarding the existence of secret hatreds. From the folder data gathered, the following is significant: Many drug cases seem to object to any order or demand in present time that requires their attention. (Signifies that present time orders act as a distraction from the incident they're stuck in.) HCOB 4.4.81 - 5 - All "druggies" fit the description of "stuck in a long gone incident fighting enemies that no longer exist," but this is probably more accurately worded as: "stuck in a long ago incident covertly resisting while appearing to cooperate with their oppressors." Any demand or order or senior or authority in present time restimulates the whole track oppressor or implanter. Some cases talk of "freedom of the individual" or "rights," but since there is so little of this talk, it would seem that this is heavily suppressed. Folder search turned up many, many Evil Purposes which came up either in listing Attitudes and Emotions connected with LSD and other drugs, or while running these drug chains. These evil purposes are often of the very generalized type, such as "To kill," "To destroy," "To wipe them out," these usually stemming from implants. From observation of worksheets, the most common words in these statements are "kill," "destroy," "betray." There are often various statements to do with harboring vengeance, waiting to get even, sabotage, etc., especially when the case gets suppressed (these being more the person's computation or attitude rather than an implanted item). From worksheet data, many incidents run are along the lines of a battle, one's own civilization defeated, oppression, drugs and implants used to make a slave society, suppressed hatred of the oppressors, apathy, unconsciousness, oblivion and waiting or appearing to be harmless with a faint hope of eventually wreaking vengeance. Many drug chains were found to go earlier/similar to whole track drug implants. Quite often the whole track incidents run have concerned the person being a spy, double agent, or saboteur, apparently operating on implanted orders, under drugs and betraying their own people or civilization. (This, as different from incidents of the person acting as a spy or agent in enemy territory, acting against the enemy. Drug case incidents often consist of being drugged, implanted and sent back by the enemy to betray one's own side.) Some heavy drug cases have made a resurgence on running or pulling O/Ws committed while drugged, while high or while drunk. There are some cases where the person never came near mentioning these O/Ws on other processes or Sec Checks until asked specifically for O/Ws while he or she was drunk or on drugs. In many cases the O/Ws run often have to do with brutal, sadistic acts as well as stealing, etc., to buy drugs. A common factor found among drug cases is that these mostly respond to Affinity, rather than Communication or Reality and they have very little duplication or understanding. SUMMARY OF DATA Most significant in this survey investigation was the high frequency of a statement of an attitude that amounted to: "Don't care"/"Nothing matters." In the context in which this attitude is expressed it is not simply a passive statement of not caring, but an aggressively expressed statement of negation of caring. HCOB 4.4.81 - 6 - Also of interest is the different viewpoint from which this survey was answered as opposed to that shown by folder study. The study of pc folders revealed what these drug cases had to say earlier in the safety of a session, and revealed far more of the discreditable attitudes and secret hatreds, some of which even then only came off as withholds. Both the survey of persons who had taken drugs and the survey of persons who knew others who had taken drugs, are lacking in much mention of any secret hatreds even though directly asked. This simply confirms that: a) the biochemical personality's hatreds are secret, and b) that most persons are only dimly aware of any secret hatred from a drug case, if they are aware of it at all. The surveys of persons who were or had been heavy druggies sound exactly as one would expect them to from the folder study showing what the biochemical personality was like. These confirmed the suppressed protest, hidden resentment of seniors or authority, covert rebellion, etc. The folder examination was very revelatory in terms of showing there is a "biochemical personality," how common this personality is from one drug case to another and that it is produced by drugs. There is a definite similarity of personality in each of the cases studied in that the person, apparently cooperative, harbors unexpressed resentment; resists orders or control; and is in a state of hidden insurrection. The only difference in this between cases is in degree. The conclusion here is, then, that drugs do restimulate whole track incidents of drug suppression and drug implants and these persons do dramatize this. There is a definite difference, however, in severity of viciousness from one case to another. It is certain that anybody trying to work with these people would have trouble. It definitely explains the lack of production from such cases. It also explains the mysterious amount of destruction in their vicinity. HARMFUL AND HARMLESS DRUG CASES Note that this study was done on cases who had taken heavy drugs. It is possible there are two types of drug "cases" -- harmful and harmless. From observation, there are many people who have taken more innocuous drugs such as an occasional aspirin or painkiller, novocaine, alcohol in moderation or who tried smoking marijuana once or twice. One probably wouldn't categorize these persons as "drug cases" or "druggies" nor as alcoholics. There is some indication that some persons who have had some LSD or some small amount of a hard drug do not become anti-social. On the other hand, from study and observation, there was no case examined who was alcoholic or at all drug addicted who was not anti-social, overtly or covertly. Although some of the data contained herein was already known and exists in HCOBs, the examination of folders for attitudes, outpoints and secret hatreds, and the examining of the content of whole track incidents run on drug chains, has been extremely eye-opening. I am sure the majority of us have had no idea previously of how common the attitudes of HCOB 4.4.81 - 7 - such cases are and how similar the "biochemical personality" is from one case to the next. While it was known that a heavy drug case often appeared dull, bemused and out of present time, the less visible "secret hatred" aspect of the biochemical personality which has been brought to view by this study is something new. HANDLING Fortunately, with all the processes of Dianetics and Scientology and especially with the Purification Rundown, the Survival Rundown and a Drug Rundown for any level of case, we have the technology to handle the "biochemical personality." When the C/S or other tech terminal observes these characteristics in a case he would suspect the person has a heavy drug history in this lifetime whether he has stated he has one or not. But even if a "this lifetime drug history" did not exist, the C/S upon observing these characteristics would know that he was looking at a "biochemical personality" and that this would need to be handled. CONCLUSION The results of this study should provide a much greater understanding of what has been going on in the world in terms of the worsening of humanity during the last decade. From this Scientologists can see more clearly what has to be handled and the direction in which Scientology is heading to ensure it is handled. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Research assisted by Snr C/S Int Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:DM:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Research assisted by Snr C/S Int Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=1/4/81 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  INTERVIEWS   Remimeo Exec Hats Dissem Tech Qual Registrar Hat D of P Hat C/S Hat HCO Div 6 Chaplain Hat Ethics Officers  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 1 APRIL 1981 Remimeo ISSUE II Exec Hats Dissem (Also issued as an HCO PL, Tech same date and title.) Qual Registrar Hat D of P Hat C/S Hat HCO Div 6 INTERVIEWS Chaplain Hat Ethics Officers "A proper org board is a perpetual combination of flows which do not collide with one another and which do enter and do experience the desired change and which do leave as a product." Org Series 1 HCO PL 13 Sep 70, Iss II BASIC ORGANIZATION INTERVIEWS PLAY A VITAL PART IN THE CORRECT ROUTING AND SMOOTH FLOW OF PCS AND STUDENTS ON ORG LINES. They are an integral part of the functioning system of an org. Depending upon how needed interviews are assigned and carried out, org lines and therefore org products can be slowed or impeded or bypassed or disrupted, or they can be speeded up and made to flow more smoothly, with real products as the result. The right type of interview, standardly done at the right time (when needed) by the right org terminal on the right public (pc or student) will always serve to grease the org lines. Mis-used or mis-assigned interviews can and will scramble the scene, and with a scrambled scene the products suffer. An interview is defined as a face-to-face meeting between the interviewer and another person, where questions are asked of the person to obtain data needed to accomplish the purpose of the interview. "The purpose of the interview" is the key phrase here. If one doesn't know the purpose of the type of interview his post calls for, it can all go sadly awry. That's when you get a Reg taking up case problems with a pc or attempting some kind of case debug or promising him a specific result. Or the D of P getting into questions of finance in an attempt to sell a pc more auditing, or even doing some sort of auditing under the guise of a "D of P interview." Or one or both of these posts attempting to wear a "consultant" hat. You get a mix-up of functions, a mix-up of the lines, and you don't get the needed or expected result. This bulletin serves to lay out several of the main types of interviews used in an org and get them briefly defined as to purpose and function so the lines can and will flow smoothly. HCOB 1.4.81 II - 2 - TYPES OF INTERVIEWS REGISTRAR INTERVIEW: The Registrar interview is given to determine what service the person wants, to channel and intensify his wants, sign him up for service and re-sign him for further services and to assist him in the resolution of any problems in signing up for the service. The Registrar uses the Reg Interview to familiarize the person with the service, to give him explanatory literature on training or processing, to answer his questions (but NOT technical questions) about a service, and to assist him in the handling of the finance for the service, acting in a financial consultant capacity. Registrars sign people up for training and for processing. With the org promoting and delivering its services properly, a healthy majority of the sign-ups should be for training as we are in the business of making auditors, and therein lies our real expansion. The Reg interview of the trainee or potential trainee is ordinarily a straightforward uncomplicated procedure. It's a matter of: What training, if any, has he had? With that determined, it's a matter of signing him up for his next (or first) level of training and and prerequisites required for that level. It's a very direct route up the Training Bridge, and the Reg's job handling such sign-ups is comparatively simple. The Reg interview when signing up a pc for processing may entail more know-how and handling on the part of the Reg. The Reg must be familiar with the tech the org delivers and with technical results and wins achieved. But a Reg must not assign auditing hours or C/S the case or promise that such and such a rundown will be done. That is the hat of the C/S. But a Reg does give interviews and he should be trained to find a person's ruin. He establishes a comm line with the person and establishes himself as a terminal to help the person get onto the service he needs and wants as swiftly as possible. Signing the person up for the required number of hours or intensives per his Technical Estimate is a part of the Reg interview and registration cycle. (Tech Estimate: the estimated number of hours or intensives that will be needed for the pc to make case progress and get stable results.) But determining the correct Tech Estimate for the pc is not part of the Reg interview. That is only done by a qualified tech terminal. The Reg's role here is to interview the person and initially sign him up and have him pay for the service on a conditional basis, pending his Technical Estimate and acceptance on HGC lines. He then routes the person for his Technical Estimate and, when that is made, the Reg now completes the cycle by signing the person up for the hours required by the Technical Estimate. (Ref. HCO PL 10 March 78 HGC PC APPLICATION FORM HCO PL 30 Nov 71 Corrected and Reissued 2 Dec 71 BLIND REGISTRATION, and HCO PL 19 Aug 60 REGISTRAR LOST LINE) (The interview given the pc by the Technical Estimator is covered in its own section in this issue, along with listed references on the Tech Estimate Line.) Should a pc who is mid-auditing (not yet a completion) need to purchase more hours, the sign-up is handled promptly in a routine Reg interview. Occasionally, however, such an interview might go like this: HCOB 1.4.81 II - 3 - Pc: "Ted brought me down here and I'm supposed to sign up for more hours to complete my auditing, but I don't want to bud more auditing here. I don't want any more auditing." Reg: "Well, we'd better have you see the D of P so we can get data on this!" That's the totality of the Reg interview in that situation. The Reg promptly puts it on the proper lines so the necessary data can be obtained. He notifies the D of P who gets the folder to the C/S at once. The C/S, after going over the folder, can then determine what needs to be taken up in the D of P interview, or whether it would be handled by the pc's regular auditor or requires sending the pc to the Qual Div for a review. The Reg might also encounter a pc needing more hours to complete a rundown who is willing to sign up and pay for the additional time but who is not VGIs on his auditing, or who originates he is having a rough time in his auditing and/or has bad indicators. The Reg would, of course, sign the pc up for the additional hours promptly. But in either of the above or similar cases, the Reg would also write up a BI (Bad Indicator) report and route it directly to the Snr C/S in Qual, so he could look into it, with a copy to the HGC C/S. It's not a matter of the Reg routing the pc to Qual, however, as the pc is still on Tech lines. (Ref. HCOB 26 Sep 74 HANDLING FLUBBED PCs) Note that the Reg doesn't interview the pc to get the data about the bad auditing or bad indicators; the Reg simply writes up a report to the Snr C/S with a copy to the HGC C/S as to what he heard and observed with this pc. These lines got all crossed up in earlier days when the D of P more often than not was also the Reg, and this got people confused. But any confusion must be taken out of it and the correct routing and correct interviewing put in. When an individual has completed an org service and has routed through Qual and Success as complete, a Reg interview is always given to re-sign him for his next service. This is ordinarily a smooth, routine cycle, as a standardly completed student or pc will have good indicators at the prospect of getting onto his next action. But should the Reg encounter bad indicators or a resistance to getting further services, it is an indicator that something has been missed on the student or pc. That is a matter for Qual correction, not something that would be handled in a Reg interview. In such a case the Reg, maintaining good ARC, efficiently routes the person to Qual where the matter does get handled. (Ref. BPL 4 Dec 71, Issue I, RE-SIGN UP REFUSALS, HANDLING OF) The Reg is there to sign the person up, to re-sign him and to route him to the proper terminal for what he needs. There is no charge, ever, for a Registrar interview. HGC PC TECHNICAL ESTIMATE INTERVIEW: The Technical Estimate interview is done to obtain necessary data from the applicant so that an accurate estimate can be made of the number of hours or intensives the person will need to get stable results from his auditing. When a pc has been initially signed up for service and HCOB 1.4.81 II - 4 - has been tested, he is routed to the Technical Estimator. (This could be the D of P or a technically qualified person deputized by the D of P for this purpose.) The Estimator, having reviewed the person's test results, folder, and forms filled out by the Registrar, interviews the applicant, using the HGC PC Estimation Form (BTB 12 Feb 78R, Reiss. 6.7.78). Such an interview covers what the applicant wants to accomplish, somatics or other problems he is trying to handle, length of time on earlier actions, and other information pertinent to the case. When all the necessary data has been obtained, and when the Technical Estimate for that individual has been made, the Estimator gives the person an R-Factor regarding his estimate, handles any questions he may have, and sends the applicant back to the Registrar for final sign-up for the estimated number of intensives. That's the essence of the Tech Estimate interview. It's: "What do you want to accomplish with auditing?", followed by lots of questions about the state of the case. Also asked would be the time it has taken him to do this or that action. For instance, the Estimator needs to know that it took the pc 25 hours to do Grade 0 and 1 in order to estimate how long it will take him to do Grade 2, 3 and 4. It can be done either metered or unmetered. (When done in the field by a Remote Reg or Tours personnel it is usually unmetered.) Though it follows the HGC PC Estimation Form it is never done rotely. The routing for a Tech Estimate is to the Registrar, to Testing, to the Tech Estimator and back to the Registrar for full sign-up. This line and all of its actions are fully covered in the following issues: HCO PL 30 Nov 71 IMPORTANT Corr. & Reiss. 2.12.71 BLIND REGISTRATION B.P.L. 10 Mar 78 II IMPORTANT, THE TECH Reiss. 6.7.78 ESTIMATE LINE B.T.B. 12 Feb 78R HGC PC TECH Reiss. 6.7.78 ESTIMATION FORM HCO PL 10 Mar 78 HGC PC APPLICATION FORM B.P.L. 10 Mar 78 IV TOURS AND MAIL PROCESSING Reiss. 6.7.78 INCOME, HANDLING OF HCOB 15 Jan 70 II KSW Series 17 Reiss. 30.8.80 HANDLING WITH AUDITING Technical Estimates and Tech Estimate interviews are not charged for, but are given when the applicant has initially signed up and made a donation for service. D OF P INTERVIEW: As D of P interviews are sometimes misunderstood as to their purpose and function, and sometimes mis-used (by having other actions thrown into them erroneously under the label of "D of P interview"), this issue spells out what a D of P interview is and what it is not. Briefly, a D of P interview is an interview given to a pc on auditing lines by the D of P, as ordered by the C/S: 1. to get data for the C/S which is not otherwise available to him for C/Sing and programming the case, or 2. to give the pc an R-factor on what is going on in order to dispel a mystery for him. HCOB 1.4.81 II - 5 - The C/S would order a D of P interview when he needs data not contained in the usual sources (the worksheets, pc folder, FES, test scores, exam reports, ethics or medical records). To use it otherwise, to call for such an interview in lieu of folder study, for example, would be lazy C/Sing. But the D of P interview is used when the C/S needs data from the pc himself, or when he suspects his C/Ses aren't being done or that the auditor can't audit. It is used when he has reason to believe there mad be omitted or hidden matter or false reports in the worksheets, or when it appears that additives are being entered into the session. Ordinarily it is used only when the case is packed up. And primarily what the C/S wants to know from this is: "What did the auditor do?" The data obtained is then used, if it applies, for correction of the auditor as well as for C/Sing and programming the case. The D of P interview is also used when it is suspected that factors are being put in on the pc outside of the session. Such an interview may also be ordered to find out what the pc is confused or in mystery about so that it can then be explained to him. (Note: You don't explain tech to the pc, but if he has a confusion or a mystery you do explain to him what is going on and what is expected of him.) D of P interviews, then, are to get data, not to try to "audit" or try to accomplish a result. The D of P does not audit, he does not rehab, he does not Date/Locate anything on the pc. That D of P interviews do sometimes accomplish a result is incidental, and this must not be used as a reason for the D of P to get into attempting to audit or rehab the pc. Those are actions for the auditor to do. There will be times when the C/S wants specific, muzzled questions asked of the pc and nothing else. In such instances the D of P carries out his instructions exactly, asking only those questions he has been instructed to ask. D of P interviews are always done on the meter, with all pc answers, pc indicators and tone level, meter reads and their size and any blowdowns marked. Thus, the D of P must have his TRs in, must have Qual Okay to operate an E-Meter and must be able to meter accurately. While the interview is not done to get case gain, the D of P would normally end the interview on an F/N and should try to do so. As the D of P is the In Charge of all pcs when they are in the org, he himself may originate a D of P interview when it is warranted. For example, on observing bad indicators in a pc he could initiate an interview with the pc at once and then get the data immediately to the C/S. Or he would alert the C/S to the situation and suggest an interview be done. Otherwise, the D of P interview is given per C/S order. It may not be ordered by a Registrar or other org terminal. It is only done, when needed, on pcs who have signed up, paid for and are on HGC lines for auditing. Otherwise it can easily lead into Free Service and has done so in some instances in the past, to the detriment of the org. Though it is done as part of the overall cycle of delivering paid auditing, the time spent in a D of P interview is not subtracted from the auditing hours the pc has paid for. HCOB 1.4.81 II - 6 - There are many other functions the D of P carries out as a part of his hat. But this clarifies what we term a D of P interview. It is its own action and must not be confused with a Reg interview, a Technical Estimate, a Consultant type of action or a 2-way comm action C/Sed for and carried out by an auditor in an actual session or anything else other than what it is. Properly used, it is of great assistance to the C/S for data he needs which is otherwise unavailable. QUAL CONSULTANT INTERVIEW: This is a case-cracking type of interview, done by the posted Qual Consultant. (Optimumly, any org would have this post filled by a single-hatted terminal, in its Qual Division.) Here you have a technical person using a metered interview to unravel a case that's in trouble or in bad condition and being mysterious. He uses the interview to get the data needed to resolve it. The consultant interview is not a Tech C/S-ordered action. It's done when there's a hidden factor in the case and you haven't got all the data. The hidden factor may be in the auditing or C/Sing that has been done; therefore it is not a Tech C/S-ordered action. A D of P interview in such an instance could cloud the issue. It calls for a Qual Consultant action because it's something the C/S and auditor should have seen but they didn't see. So it is a matter of what didn't they see or what did they do or not do? It can be ordered by the Senior C/S in Qual when something has gone very wrong with a case, or it can be originated by the Qual Consultant himself where he has spotted bad indicators or been alerted to a poor success story or something similar. This type of interview is done on a person who is not lines, really on auditing lines. He's been pulled off auditing lines, possibly for the above reasons, or he's somewhere around auditing lines and you see he is fouled up, or he has come on Qual lines because he is fouled up. It's not limited to pcs but would be done on very slow or dropped out students as well. The consultant interview is always metered, is always begun with "I'm not auditing you," and is quite a different action than auditing. One might call it a review session of sorts with the difference here being that the consultant does what he needs to do to get the data that can then be used to resolve the case in a session. He guides the interview as he needs to, deftly getting the pc off "grandmother" who doesn't read or marital problems that start the TA up, and steers it skillfully to what the trouble really is. When I'm doing one of these things I don't just find out what is wrong and indicate the BPC, I push it through until I know what is wrong and in addition I finish the person up with an F/N. I take it to a resolution of his immediate problem and I indicate the bypassed charge. Then it's a matter of writing up the interview and getting it into the folder. The person will probably require further auditing on it, but now at least the case has been cracked a bit and it's known what it's going to take to unravel the rest of it. What is described here is a consultant interview, which is its own type of action and which may sometimes reveal the need for a Review session. HCOB 1.4.81 II - 7 - The interview is not charged for. However, if it becomes necessary to take the person into session to handle, it is then invoiced on standard Qual lines. SOLO CONSULTANT INTERVIEW AT AN AO: At an Advanced Org, the C/S, lacking data on what has gone wrong with a messed up case, or solo session, sends the solo auditor who is on auditing lines to the Solo Consultant for a metered interview. This terminal must be a skilled technician and be very, very familiar with the Advance Course materials, as the solo auditor: (a) very often doesn't present a complete enough picture of what happened in the session, and/or (b) could have MUs on the material and not be running it standardly. In this case a correction list would not necessarily pick it up because the solo auditor doesn't know that he doesn't know. He doesn't realize what he's doing wrong. The Solo Consultant, using the meter and his knowledge of the materials, can find out. In his interview he does a swift debug action, going A to B to get what's hanging the case up. He handles what can be handled on the spot, indicating immediate bypassed charge that comes up, for example. He notes the full data for the C/S so that a full Review cycle can be C/Sed for, if needed, or cramming or retread ordered, if that is required. The Solo Consultant interview is not charged for, as the pc is already on org lines on a signed up and paid for solo auditing action. ETHICS OFFICER/MAA INTERVIEWS: The Ethics Officer or the MAA in a Sea Org Org conducts ethics interviews as an HCO function, gets PTS (Potential Trouble Source) A to J checks done and sometimes does full PTS interviews. Students or pcs, where out-ethics is obvious or suspected, are interviewed to determine the extent and nature of the outness so the correct ethics gradient can be applied. The interview should include bringing the person to an understanding of ethics and the conditions and guiding him through any needed ethics handling cycles or correct application of the conditions. Whether or not the interview is done metered depends on what type of ethics action the Ethics Officer is doing. For example, if he were trying to find out who stole something, he had better do this on a meter to ensure that he gets the data and does not miss withholds or clean cleans. Any Ethics Officer must be meter trained and be able to do a correctly metered ethics interview when it is called for. Ideally he should be able to do HCO Confessionals too. An Ethics Officer must ensure that ethics is gotten in to the degree that tech can then go in. The PTS interview is given to determine whether or not the person is PTS and if so, the type of PTSness which is in need of handling. It is done on a meter with all reads marked, on a pc or student who is manifesting symptoms of PTSness, such as becoming sick, losing gains or roller-coastering. The interview may be given in HCO or by a classed auditor, but in any case it must always be done by a person who knows his PTS tech well, who has good TRs and knows 2-way comm and who has been trained to operate a meter properly. The pc or student will often require more handling of the PTS condition after the interview, but it is through the interview that it is determined what type of PTSness (if any) is involved to be handled. HCOB 1.4.81 II - 8 - If a pc is mid-auditing, the MAA or Ethics Officer should always check with the pc's C/S before doing a PTS interview or any metered ethics action. (Ref. HCOB 8 March 71R, C/S Series 29R, CASE ACTIONS, OFF LINE) Full worksheets are always kept for any PTS interview and are sent to the person's pc folder. The worksheets of an ethics interview are filed in the person's ethics file and a copy of these, or a report on the interview, is sent to the person's pc or student folder. Ethics and PTS interviews when given to pcs and students who are on lines on signed up and paid for services are not charged for. CHAPLAIN INTERVIEW: A Chaplain's interview is for people who feel wronged, people who have fallen off the Bridge or are about to, people whose burdens appear to be too great and who need a terminal and some communication to help them sort it all out. The whole purpose of the Chaplain interview is first to provide a terminal for a person who simply needs to be heard and understood. From there it's a matter of channeling the person into something he can do about it on the correct gradient. Such a person may actually be on org lines but having difficulty on the lines or he may have fallen off the lines altogether. The interview gets the person into communication in order to obtain the data necessary to channel and direct him to the specific area where the situation can be addressed and handled. The Chaplain's interview itself is not charged for. Some of the services available in the Chaplain's Department such as Marriage Counselling, Chaplain's Courts, etc. are charged for at very nominal fees. EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR/COMMANDING OFFICER INTERVIEW: When a person has completed his services, he is interviewed by the CO or ED before he routes out of the org. This provides the CO or ED with the opportunity to do a direct check on the products his org is producing. If he doesn't see a shiny product, if the person isn't 100% satisfied with the service he's received, it tells a CO or ED there's out tech in his org, as the person has already gone through Qual and Success lines. He acts at once to get a fast review done to handle any bypassed charge and/or repair needed, at no charge to the person. Should the person then validly need more hours to fully complete the service, he is signed up for them standardly. This type of interview is covered quite fully in HCO PL 21 September 80 MONITORING TECH QUALITY IN ORGS. It is a useful tool for the CO or ED, not only for promoting goodwill and good PR but for ensuring no overt product gets out of his org and that the org is delivering standard tech with good wins for those it services. The interview may be given to a person who is not yet complete on his services, should the CO or ED notice that he has bad indicators. Ordinarily, however, it is given to students and pcs who have completed their signed up and paid for services. This interview is never charged for. HCOB 1.4.81 II - 9 - HOST INTERVIEW: On Flag there is an LRH Host whose duty it is to see to the well-being and good servicing of Flag public. The purpose of the initial Host interview is to welcome the person arriving for services, brief him and orient him to the scene and provide him at once with a stable terminal who is interested in his welfare and will be a terminal for him throughout his stay. Thereafter the Host interviews Flag pcs and students as needful to ensure they are being serviced and to ensure any service outness is handled by the proper terminals. Returning persons are similarly welcomed, re-briefed and brought up to date on any changes in services or new facilities. There is no charge for any Host interview, as this is included as a part of signed up and paid for Flag services. While these are by no means all the types of interview an org uses, they are the more major interviews given on an org's service lines. Interviews -- correctness of -- can make or break an org's lines and an org's viability. With the necessary distinctions made between them and with interview hats separated out and worn effectively, particles can flow easily on the lines. The result will be an increase in quantity and quality of the valuable final products of the org. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=31/3/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  "HEAVY DRUG HISTORY" DEFINED   Remimeo All Auditors All C/Ses Tech Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 31 MARCH 1981 Remimeo All Auditors All C/Ses Tech Qual "HEAVY DRUG HISTORY" DEFINED REFERENCES: HCOB 28 Aug 68 DRUGS Issue II HCOB 29 Aug 68 DRUG DATA HCOB 8 Jan 69 DRUGS AND "INSANITY" NON-COMPLIANCE AND ALTER-IS HCOB 25 Oct 71 DRUG DRYING OUT HCOB 17 Oct 69RA DRUGS, ASPIRIN AND TRANQUILIZERS Re-Rev. 20.9.78 HCOB 31 May 77 LSD YEARS AFTER THEY HAVE "COME OFF OF" LSD People who have been on drugs do not make case gain until the drugs are handled. We have known that since 1968. Therefore, it's a mistake to try to do mental or spiritual handling on somebody who has been heavily on drugs. Drugs are the big stopper. Drug residues can stop mental help. They also stop a person's life! There should be guidelines which clarify what actually constitutes a heavy drug history, for C/Sing and case programming purposes. Cases which fall in the category of having a heavy drug history include: 1. Any person who has taken or has been given drugs or medical drugs over a substantial period of time whether to handle a physical or mental condition, or otherwise. 2. A person who has gone through an extensive period of experimenting with drugs or taking drugs for "thrills". 3. Anyone who has taken LSD or Angel Dust even once. 4. A person who has experimented with any hard drug such as heroin, morphine, speed, cocaine, etc. 5. Anyone who has had highly restimulative experiences ("bad trips") on marijuana or who has habitually smoked marijuana over an extended period. (Having smoked marijuana a few times with no particularly bad experiences, would not necessarily put one in the heavy drug history category.) 6. A person who has made a habit of excessive use of alcohol at some time. (Definition of "Alcoholic": a person who can't have just one drink. If he has one drink, he has to have another. He's addicted. One of the factors is, he has to have a full glass in front of him. If it gets empty, it has to be refilled.) HCOB 31.3.81 - 2 - 7. Anyone who has developed an addiction to any of the above drugs, any medical drug or alcohol (whether past or present). 8. Someone who has had general anaesthetics numerous times for medical operations. 9. Any person who has used any medical drug for extensive periods of time, such as asthma medicine or sinus medicine. 10. Someone who has had extensive and repeated dental work under nitrous oxide or sodium pentothal or other general anaesthetics. DRUG LISTS Because drug lists sometimes do not contain data on how long or how often a drug or drugs were taken, the pc may have to be interviewed as to the extent of his drug taking. The information gotten from such an interview, if one is needed, can be compared against the above guidelines and this will aid the C/S in determining which cases have the heavy drug histories. SUMMARY The above is a guideline on what we would term a "heavy drug history" as compared to someone who has taken light drugs or very few medical drugs (aspirin occasionally, cough syrup when a child, etc.), and these not routinely over any extensive period of time. Any individual with a heavy drug history should take full advantage of the overwhelmingly successful line-up available to them of the Purification Rundown, the Survival Rundown and Drug Rundown. In fact, these rundowns are essential. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER As assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:nc Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER As assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=26/3/81 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  EXPANDED GREEN FORM 40RE WORDS LIST  Type = 12 iDate=9/4/72 Volnum=0 Issue=3 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual Cl IV Grad and above Auditors  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 26 MARCH 1981 Remimeo ISSUE II C/Ses Auditors (CANCELS BTB 9 APR 72R III Tech/Qual CLEARING LIST WORDS IN Cl IV Grad SCIENTOLOGY -- EXPANDED and above GF 40 RR as this BTB does Auditors not contain the new words from the revised Expanded Green Form, HCOB 30 June 71RC Re-Rev. 26 Mar 81 EXPANDED GREEN FORM 40RE.) EXPANDED GREEN FORM 40RE WORDS LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III IMPORTANT -- ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCOB 8 Jul 74R I Word Clearing Series 53R Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I Word Clearing Series 38 METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 30 Jun 71RC EXPANDED GREEN FORM 40RE. These words should be cleared on the pc before the Expanded Green Form 40RE is actually assessed per HCOB 9 Aug 78 Issue II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing when clearing these words on the pc. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if it was correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref. Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET.) WORDS FROM THE EXPANDED GREEN FORM 40RE A, about, acted, after, alcohol, an, and, another, antagonistic, anxious, any, anything, ARC Break, ARC Breaks, are, as, asked. attain, attained, attainments, attested, audited, auditing. auditor. Because, been, before, being, beliefs, benefits, between, body, bones, broken, by, bypassed. Cast, change, committing, communication, concerned, connected, connections, continue, continuous, continuously, curious, current, currently. HCOB 26.3.81 II - 2 - Damaged, decay, dental, Dianetic Clear, Dianetics, disabled, disease, disclosed, dislike, do, doing, don't, drugs. Earlier, Eastern, electric, electronic, else, engrams, environment. erase, evil, exercise, exercises. Fail, failed, family, fixed, F/Ns, for, former, from. Gains, grade, grades, going, goofing. Had, has, have, held, here, hidden, hold, hostile, hypnotism. Ideas, ill, illnesses, implanting, in, incomplete, indoctrinations, infectious, is. Job. Keep, keep on. Life, lose, lying. Make, medical, medicine, meditation, mental, mentally, missing, misunderstoods. Never, no, not. Of, on, one, or, other, others, out, over, overt, overts, overwhelmed. Part, parts, people, persisting, person, physically, post, practice, practiced, practices, practicing, pretending, prior, problem, problems, protesting, psychiatric, psychology, purpose. Really, reasons, receive, refusing, religions, removed, restimulated, reverted, right, rites, rudiments, run. Same, scientific, Scientology, secrets, seeking, self auditing, seriously, service facsimiles, session, sessions, shock, some, someone, spells, spiritual, states, suppressed. Take, taken, taken part in, talking, techniques, the, them, then, therapy, there, thought, thrill, to, tooth, training, trouble. Understanding. Valence. Want, was, went, what, with, withhold, wins, witchcraft, wrong. Yoga, you, your. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTCU:dr Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=14/2/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Happiness Rundown Series 2 HAPPINESS RUNDOWN, ADMINISTRATION AND DELIVERY   BPI HRD Checksheets HRD Auditors HRD C/Ses All Staff, Orgs and Missions Hats, Execs and Registrars  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 14 FEBRUARY 1981 BPI HRD Checksheets HRD Auditors HRD C/Ses Happiness Rundown Series 2 All Staff, Orgs and Missions Hats, Execs and Registrars HAPPINESS RUNDOWN, ADMINISTRATION AND DELIVERY (Ref. HCOB 24 Nov 80, HAPPINESS RUNDOWN) During the Happiness Rundown pilot auditing some rather spectacular results occurred. Not only did the pcs have many cognitions and wins in session, but these resulted in immediate changes in the pc's life and livingness -- sometimes very noticeably as far as the pc's spouse or associates were concerned. Often, within the first one to three sessions the pc improved markedly in appearance, started getting along better with people around him and became noticeably different to others. The HRD produces results that are clearly observable to others as well as the pc! These are gains in beingness, doingness and havingness. It increases ARC, raises the person's sense of ethics, personal integrity and much more. Highly trained auditors and C/Ses of many years' experience were most impressed with the immediately observable changes in the pc's life and livingness -- real physical universe results. Within days of the first pcs being started on the HRD, despatches and letters written by associates of the pcs started arriving, describing how much better the pcs were (most of the writers didn't even know what the pcs were being audited on, but were moved to express the changes they had observed). The pcs themselves rave about the results and are generally very enthusiastic about getting others to get audited on the HRD, too. Auditors love auditing the HRD, many stating that it was the most interesting auditing they had ever done and how much they enjoyed helping their pcs. Despite the apparent lightness of the HRD, it actually touches on and handles very basic charge, common to everyone. It is very easy to audit, provided that it is done exactly per the instructions. DELIVERY The HRD auditing may be delivered in Class IV orgs and missions who have auditors and a C/S trained to deliver the HRD. There are two methods of doing the HRD. The usual method requires a Class 1 auditor trained on the HRD course and interneship. About 95% of HRD auditing can be delivered this way (though this percentage could vary in some areas). The other method of doing the HRD, and any needed repairs or reviews (comprising about 5% of the auditing) require a Class IV auditor trained on the HRD course and interneship. The C/S in either case needs to be a Class IV C/S and trained on the HRD C/S course and interneship. Thus one Class IV HRD HCOB 14.2.81 - 2 - C/S, one Class IV HRD auditor and several Class 1 HRD auditors would be able to deliver a lot of HRD auditing. The minimum would be a Class IV HRD C/S and a Class IV HRD auditor. HRD training courses and interneships may be delivered in orgs Class IV and above who have trained HRD delivery personnel as above. Provision should be made for the HRD delivery personnel to receive the HRD themselves as 50% of the auditors engaged on the pilot found the materials restimulative. Provision should also be made for the staffs of orgs and missions to receive the HRD also; they will want it very much and the increased efficiency and other benefits will make it well worthwhile. The actual command sheets and techniques of the HRD are restricted to trained HRD auditors and C/Ses and HRD student checksheets. It is a powerful rundown and must be done very exactly. Indiscriminate distribution of the actual auditing materials could be restimulative and would be actionable by HCO. There is of course absolutely no restriction on the distribution of the booklet, nor of gains and wins and results from auditing on the rundown. Word of mouth on the HRD will be good and should be encouraged. Auditor assignment policy applies in that the auditor or C/S must be of equal or higher case level, to handle cases of persons who have had confidential rundowns, confidential grades or confidential levels. (For example a Clear may only be audited or C/Sed by someone who is Clear or above.) CASE PREREQUISITES The Purification Rundown and SRD or Objective processes run to the result given in HCOB 12 May 80 DRUGS AND OBJECTIVE PROCESSES, are the prerequisites. (Rarely, some pcs might require a DRD or OT DRD, which an HRD C/S can determine.) The HRD can be done anywhere on the Grade Chart (except during the Non-Interference Zone). It can be done before or after grades or anywhere after OT III. It can be done on preclears, Clears and OTs. If a decision has to be made as to whether to do the HRD before or after grades, it would be preferable to do the HRD before grades, as the HRD raises confront, responsibility and the ability to as-is. An HRD completion will be able to run deeper and get more out of auditing. The HRD results are not less on pcs who have not had grades, compared with pcs who have had grades. One would not interrupt a current major action that a pc was winning on to start the HRD, but otherwise one does not have to try to complete earlier actions or programs on a case before the HRD. Very little or no set-up is required before the HRD. Usually none. The only exception would be the repair of a recent flubbed session or auditing, if the pc had his attention on it. During the pilot, set-up actions attempted on pcs before the HRD proved unnecessary, especially when the pc had read even part of the booklet. The rule regarding set-up is: IF YOU CAN FLY THE PC'S RUDIMENTS, HE'S SET UP FOR THE HRD. HCOB 14.2.81 - 3 - Once started, the HRD must be completed with no other auditing or case actions interjected. Experience has proven that once started on the HRD any other case action, mixing practices or other therapies are detrimental. In truth, the HRD covers aspects of a being's existence that are so universal, so fundamental and of such interest, that it is not possible to shift attention to other processes or actions. LENGTH OF RUNDOWN While the length of any rundown will vary from one person to another, the HRD can generally be done in 25 hours. The longest it has taken is 56 hours (on a pc who had only done the Purif Rundown, SRD, virtually no other auditing, was not Clear and had had a history of heavy street drugs), the shortest was 7 1/2 hrs on a pre-OT who was OT III Expanded, had had a considerable amount of auditing and was in very good case condition. Both of these are exceptions. The majority of cases take about 25 hrs, usually slightly less. BOOKLET: THE WAY TO HAPPINESS The pc needs to obtain his own copy (or copies) of the booklet and bring it to session. It is used during the sessions. The pc will also use it in life after the rundown and will want extra copies for his friends, acquaintances and relatives. TEST RESULTS Pcs should be given tests before and after the HRD. During the pilot the OCA test invariably showed an improvement, always a different OCA pattern (denoting a change of valence(s), personality or beingness). In fact, most pcs on the HRD have several to many changes of valence, becoming more and more themselves. This can be expected as a routine result on the HRD. (Sometimes a very high point on an OCA, when other OCA traits are much lower, will come down a bit while the low points come up -- but that is an improved OCA.) IQ tests, Aptitude and Leadership scores usually improve, especially where these were not already high before the HRD. Overall the test results on all cases audited on the HRD show improvement. The most striking being OCA improvements, due to the pc having been freed from unwanted valences. GAINS The gains pcs have had on the HRD are numerous and varied, but there are certain gains that are common to all cases audited on the HRD. These follow in brief: All experienced improvements in their beingness, doingness and havingness, very often making very observable changes even near the beginning of the rundown. Confusions on the subject of right and wrong handled and replaced with workable stable data that can be used in day-to-day living. HCOB 14.2.81 - 4 - A sense of security and calmness about oneself and one's future; knowing that one is indeed on the way to happiness. A return of ARC with life across each of the dynamics and increased ability to get along well with others. It has been observed by the pcs and by others that some of the benefits of the HRD seem to "rub off" on the pc's associates. In other words, not only does the pc change for the better, but often there is also a change for the better in those persons the pc is in contact with. About 50% of the persons audited on the HRD had improvements in perception such as seeing objects in the environment more clearly, more color and better depth perception; better hearing and other perceptions. All experienced increases in their enjoyment, happiness and pleasure in life. All stated increases in their energy level, doingness, efficiency, competence and action level. Many persons on the HRD were relieved to get rid of misunderstoods and false data (often that they would never have guessed they had) that had been holding them back and preventing clear thought and decisive action. About 50% terminatedly handled PTS conditions, both current and long term. Those who had guilt feelings, feelings of inferiority or inadequacy, shame, blame or regret concerning the past, persisting sadness about life, etc., got rid of these feelings and gained a fresh outlook and fresh start on life. Areas of life where the pc had been effect changed with the pc becoming causative over them. Many pcs stated that the HRD handled their ruin; handled what they came into Scientology to Set handled. All got a considerable rise in their chronic tone level. All experienced happiness. PREDICTION Based on the earliest cases completed on the HRD, there is no fading of the initial glow on completing the HRD. Not only was there no fade but those persons report an increase or expansion of their gains following the HRD. The result promises not only to be stable, but to actually get better as the person goes on in life applying the principles learned. Due to the immense popularity of the HRD amongst the pcs, auditors and others in contact with it, the demand for the HRD can be expected to be very high, and it can be expected to accelerate in each area where it is delivered. The combination of the booklet: "The Way to Happiness" and the availability of the Happiness Rundown are a boon to FSMs and Distribution Divisions. HCOB 14.2.81 - 5 - The goal for Mankind and this planet of a world without war, insanity or criminality and happiness for all, is now much much closer. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Approved & Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:dm:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Approved & Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=13/2/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Word Clearing Series 67 DICTIONARIES   Remimeo Student Hat Supervisors Word Clearers Cramming Officers Auditors C/Ses Tech Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 13 FEBRUARY 1981 Remimeo Student Hat Supervisors Word Clearers Cramming Officers Word Clearing Series 67 Auditors C/Ses Tech Qual DICTIONARIES A DICTIONARY is a book containing the words of a language (or a specific subject) usually arranged in alphabetical order, which gives information about the meanings of the words, their pronunciations, origins, etc. Dictionaries are vital and important tools in studying or learning any subject. However, current dictionaries vary in accuracy and usefulness and many of these modern dictionaries are virtually useless and can actually confuse a person due to their false and omitted definitions and grammatical and other errors. So the dictionary that a student chooses to use is important and can actually make a difference in his success as a student. As dictionaries are such an important factor in the learning and application of Scientology (or any subject for that matter) I thought I had better recommend some dictionaries that have been found to be the best of those currently available. I have also included some additional data on the use of dictionaries in clearing words. SOME USEFUL DICTIONARIES The following dictionaries are recommended because they have been found to be better, more accurate and more useful than others. No one dictionary was found that would be ideal for all students. The dictionary a student uses is a matter of personal preference and depends to some degree on his vocabulary and level of literacy. Using the wrong dictionary can make study much harder for a student and greatly extend his time on course. If a student finds he is looking up a lot of words in the definitions he's clearing and that he is getting into long word chains, he should change to a more simple dictionary. An out gradient dictionary can make word clearing and study unnecessarily difficult. For example, "college" dictionaries are often quite complicated and some students will find themselves spending too much time chasing around the dictionary trying to clear up MUs within the definitions of the words being cleared. This can be time consuming and frustrating. If you look up "bird" in a simple beginner's dictionary it says something like "an animal covered with feathers that has two legs and lays eggs". Now if you look up this same word in a college dictionary it becomes "any warm-blooded vertebrate (animal with a backbone) of the class Aves (Latin for 'birds'), having a body covered with feathers and forelimbs (front legs) modified (changed in some way) into wings." (The explanations in the brackets of course are not included in the dictionary HCOB 13.2.81 - 2 - definition. They have been added here so that one can easily understand that presentation of the definition of "bird".) This would likely lead a student into the definitions of "vertebrate", "Aves", "forelimbs" and "modified". After a bit of this the student is slumped on the table with 45 words to look up that he has never heard of before. The answer is to take away his "college" dictionary and give him a more simple dictionary and he'll begin to make some progress. On the other hand, some students would do just fine with the more advanced dictionaries and would find the additional data helpful. From the dictionaries recommended here a student should be able to find one that suits him and his vocabulary. (Note: If the dictionary a student chooses does not contain derivations then after clearing the word in that dictionary he should consult a larger dictionary to clear the derivation. Some of the better simple dictionaries unfortunately do not contain the derivations of the words.) Webster's New World Dictionary for Young Readers: This is a very simple American dictionary. It is published by William Collins. It is a hardbound volume and does not contain derivations. When using this dictionary a student must be sure to clear the derivations in a larger dictionary. The definitions in this dictionary are quite good. Oxford American Dictionary: This is a very good American dictionary, simpler than the college dictionaries yet more advanced than the beginning dictionary listed above. It does not list derivations of the words. It is quite an excellent dictionary and very popular with students who want to use an intermediate dictionary. It is published in paperback by Avon Books, a division of the Hearst Corporation, 959 Eighth Ave., New York, New York, 10019, and in hardback by Oxford University Press, New York. The Random House College Dictionary Revised Edition: This is a college dictionary and somewhat of a higher gradient than the dictionaries listed above. This is a one volume American dictionary published in the U.S. by Random House Inc., New York and in Canada by Random House of Canada Limited, Toronto. This Random House dictionary contains a large number of slang definitions and idioms and also gives good derivations. The Webster's New World Dictionary of the American Language College Edition: This is an American college dictionary published by Simon and Schuster of New York. It is a one volume dictionary and gives most of the slang definitions and idioms. It also has good derivations. Funk and Wagnalls New Comprehensive Dictionary of the English Language International Edition: This dictionary has been previously published as the Britannica World Language Edition of Funk and Wagnalls Standard HCOB 13.2.81 - 3 - Dictionary (published by Encyclopedia Britannica Inc., Chicago) and then the Funk and Wagnalls Standard Dictionary of the English Language International Edition (published by J.C. Ferguson Publishing Co. Chicago). It is currently available from the Publishers International Press under the name Funk and Wagnalls New Comprehensive Dictionary of the English Language International Edition. Publishers International Press is located in New York City at 9 Madison Ave. and in Los Angeles at 1543 West Olympic Blvd., 90015. (This most recent edition is sold by the Publishers International Press, not in bookstores, and can be obtained by writing or calling the above locations.) This is one of the most grammatically correct dictionaries there is and it is probably the best American dictionary available. It is a two volume set and is a fairly advanced dictionary. Chambers Twentieth Century Dictionary: This is an English dictionary printed in Edinburgh, Scotland. It is quite thorough, containing most of the English idioms and slang. It is a fairly high gradient dictionary however and is recommended for the more literate students. The definitions are quite thorough but few examples are given. The Concise Oxford Dictionary: This is a very concise English dictionary, but is not a simple or beginner's dictionary. It is a small one volume dictionary. It uses a lot of abbreviations which may take some getting used to, but once the abbreviations are mastered students find this dictionary as easy to use as any other similarly advanced dictionary. It is less complicated in its definitions than the usual college dictionary and has the added benefit that the definitions given are well stated -- in other words it does not give the same definition reworded into several different definitions, the way some dictionaries do. This dictionary is printed in Great Britain and the United States by the Oxford University Press. The Shorter Oxford English Dictionary: This is a two volume English dictionary and is a shorter version of The Oxford English Dictionary. It is quite up-to-date and is an ideal dictionary for fairly literate students. Even if not used regularly it makes a very good reference dictionary. The definitions given in the Oxford dictionaries are usually more accurate and give a better idea of the meaning of the word than any other dictionary. This Oxford dictionary is also printed by the Oxford University Press. The Oxford English Dictionary: This is by far the largest English dictionary and is the principal dictionary of the English language. It consists of 12 volumes and several supplementary volumes. (There is a Compact Edition of the Oxford English Dictionary in which the exact text of The Oxford English Dictionary is duplicated in very small print which is read through a magnifying glass. Reduced in this manner the whole thing fits into two volumes.) For many students this dictionary may be too comprehensive to use on a regular basis. (For some students huge dictionaries can be confusing as the words they use in their definitions are often too big or too rare and make one chase through 20 new words to get the meaning of the original.) HCOB 13.2.81 - 4 - Although many students will not use this as their only dictionary, it is a must for every course room and will be found useful in clearing certain words, verifying data from other dictionaries, etc. It is a valuable reference dictionary and is sometimes the only dictionary that correctly defines a particular word. These Oxfords are also printed by the Oxford University Press. If your local bookstore does not stock them they will be able to order them for you. As a student's vocabulary increases and he becomes more literate, he will often "graduate" to a more advanced dictionary. This phenomenon of "outgrowing" dictionaries was observed on a pilot course designed to increase a person's level of literacy. As students progressed through the course they switched from a beginner's dictionary to a more advanced dictionary and sooner or later started delving into The Oxford English Dictionary. The point is, use as complete and advanced a dictionary as you can without getting in over your head. And don't hesitate to use a simpler one if it's better for you. (Some students have found their study speed greatly increased just by switching to a simpler dictionary.) (Note: When a student using a simple dictionary has to go to a larger dictionary in order to find a definition he's looking for (but isn't in his dictionary) he would clear that particular definition in the larger dictionary and then go to his simpler dictionary to clear the rest of the definitions of that word. Otherwise he could get in over his head.) From the dictionaries recommended here a student should be able to find one that suits him. Whatever dictionary one chooses, it should he the correct gradient for him. For instance, you wouldn't give a foreign language student, who barely knows English, the big Oxford to use in his studies! DINKY DICTIONARIES A dinky dictionary is a dictionary that gives you definitions inadequate for a real understanding of the word. Entire definitions are sometimes found to be missing from such dictionaries. "Dinky dictionaries" are the kind you can fit in your pocket. They are usually paperback and sold at magazine counters in drug stores and grocery stores. Don't use a dinky dictionary. DICTIONARIES AND A PERSON'S OWN LANGUAGE English dictionaries and American dictionaries differ in some of their definitions, as the Americans and English define some words differently. (For example, in an American dictionary we find "pavement" defined as a hard paved surface, generally referring to a road or a street. In an English dictionary it is defined as a paved footway at the side of the road, which is known in America as a "sidewalk". So you could get a situation where an American is barreling down the road on a steam roller yelling "Clear the pavement!" and an Englishman walking at the side of the road on the sidewalk hears this and thinks he means to get off the "paved footway at the side of the road" and so he jumps into the road and gets run down! And you'll find that the word "sidewalk" does not even appear in the English dictionary, yet it is a very common American word.) An English dictionary will have different applications of words that are specifically British. These usages won't HCOB 13.2.81 - 5 - necessarily be found in American dictionaries, as they are not part of the American version of the English language. Different dictionaries have things in them which are unique to that language. In addition to The Oxford English Dictionary, the Chambers Twentieth Century Dictionary mentioned above is a good example of an English dictionary for the English. For the most part a student's dictionary should correspond to his own language. This does not mean that an American shouldn't use an English dictionary (or vice versa), but if he does he should be aware of the above and check words in a dictionary of his own language as needed. SYNONYMS In using dictionaries and clearing words you should be aware that one can make the error of "defining" a word using synonyms. A synonym is a word that means the same or nearly the same as another word in the same language. It is not the definition of the word. Example: defining "fat" as "portly", is "defining" a word using a synonym. Whereas a definition of "fat" would be: "Having much or too much flabby tissue." A definition is a precise statement of the real nature of a thing; an exact explanation of the meaning of a word or phrase. A synonym is not a definition. A student who defines a word as its synonym does not necessarily understand the nuances of that word. The correct handling for this would be for him to define the word and use it in sentences until it is understood conceptually. If a student defines a word in terms of its synonyms only, he will be missing a true understanding of the word. FALSE AND OMITTED DEFINITIONS It has been found that some dictionaries leave out definitions and may even contain false definitions. If, when using a dictionary, a student comes across what he suspects to be a false definition there is a handling that can be done. The first thing would be to ensure there are no misunderstoods in the definition in question and then he should consult another dictionary and check its definition for the word being cleared. This may require more than one dictionary. In this way any false definitions can be resolved. Other dictionaries, encyclopedias and text books should he on hand for reference. If a student runs into an omitted definition, or a suspected omitted definition, then other dictionaries or reference books should be consulted and the omitted definition found and cleared. DERIVATIONS A derivation is a statement of the origin of a word. Words originated somewhere and meant something originally. Through the ages they have sometimes become altered in meaning. Derivations are important in getting a full understanding of words. By understanding the origin of a word, one will have HCOB 13.2.81 - 6 - a far greater grasp of the concept of that word. Students find that they are greatly assisted in understanding a word fully and conceptually if they know the word's derivation. A student must always clear the derivation of any word he looks up. It will commonly be found that a student does not know how to read the derivations of the words in most dictionaries. The most common error they make is not understanding that when there is a word in the derivation which is fully capitalized it means that that word appears elsewhere in the dictionary and probably contains more information about the derivation. (For example, the derivation of "thermometer" is given in one dictionary as "THERMO + METER". Looking at the derivation of "thermo" it says it is a combined form of the Greek thermos, meaning hot and therme, meaning heat. And the derivation of "meter" is given as coming from the French metre, which is from the Greek metron, meaning measure.) By understanding and using these fully capitalized words a student can get a full picture of a word's derivation. If a student has trouble with derivations it is most likely because of the above plus a misunderstood word or symbol in the derivation. These points can be cleared up quite easily where they are giving difficulty. An excellent dictionary of derivations is The Oxford Dictionary of English Etymology, also printed by the Oxford University Press. We have long known the importance of clearing words and it stands to reason that the dictionary one uses to do this would also be quite important. I trust this data will be of use. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER As Assisted by Research & Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:nc Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER As Assisted by Research & Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=28/1/81 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HC OUT-POINT PLUS-POINT LISTS RB WORDS LIST  Type = 12 iDate=9/4/72 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo Tech Qual C/Ses HGCs Cramming Officers Word Clearers  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 JANUARY 1981 Remimeo ISSUE II Tech CANCELS BTB 9 Apr 72R CLEARING LIST WORDS Qual IN SCIENTOLOGY HC OUT-POINT PLUS-POINT LISTS C/Ses HGCs Cramming Officers Word Clearers HC OUT-POINT PLUS-POINT LISTS RB WORDS LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCO B 8 Jul 74R I W/C Series 53R, Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCO B 21 Jun 72 I W/C Series 38, METHOD 5 HCO B 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCO B 17 Jul 79 I W/C Series 64, THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 28 Aug 70RB Rev. & Reins. 27.1.81 HC OUT-POINT PLUS-POINT LISTS RB. An auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc, Method 5. He clears the words before assessing the lists on the pc. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if it is correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref. Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET.) WORDS FROM HC OUT-POINT PLUS-POINT LIST RB A, about, acceptable, action, actions, added, adequate, agreement, align, alignment, alike, all, altered, an, and, answer, any, applicable, are, associated, assumed, at, authority. Be, being, believable. Changed, circumstance, circumstances, classes, condensed, conflicting, contrary, correct, correctly, counted, credible. Data, datum, decreased, delusion, differences, different, direction, done, dropped. Endless, energy, event, events, everything, exact, example, expected. Fact, facts, factual, false, feeling, fixed, form, forms, from. Goal, grouped. Hallucination. Idea, ideas, identical, identities, impossible, importance, important, in, inapplicable, incorrect, insignificant, intention, into, invented, is. HCOB 29.1.81 II - 2 - Knew, knowing, known. Less, life, located, location, locations. Matching, matter, missing, more. Not. Object, objects, objective, obviously, occurrence, of, omitted, order, origin, others, out, over. Particles, past, people, person, place, places, plausible, possible, proper. Reality, really, relative, right, rightness, rushed. Same, scene, sensation, sequence, similar, similarities, situation, something, source, space, spaces. Target, telling, terminal, terminals, than, that, the, things, time, timed, times, to, too, two, true, truth, truthful, twisted. Unbelievable, unexpected, unimportant. Value, valued. Waiting, was, wasn't, way, well, what, which, wrong. You, your. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research & Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research & Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=29/1/81 Volnum=0 Issue=1 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Auditor Admin Series 24R FES CHECKLISTS AND SUMMARY  Type = 12 iDate=3/4/77 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo FESers C/Ses Auditors SHSBC Level A Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 29 JANUARY 1981 Remimeo ISSUE I FESers C/Ses (Cancels & Replaces BTB 3 Feb 77 Auditors AUDITOR ADMIN SERIES 24, FES CHECKLISTS, SHSBC Level A which did not include the latest Checksheet technical developments.) Auditor Admin Series 24R FES CHECKLISTS AND SUMMARY References: HCO B 24 Jan 77 TECH CORRECTION ROUND-UP HCO B 20 Dec 80 PREREQUISITES FOR SOLO AUDITOR COURSE AND ADVANCED COURSE LEVELS In order to program a pc for optimum progress up the Grade Chart, a Case Supervisor must have an accurate picture of the full state of case of any pc. The C/S must know of any errors on such things as Int, L & N, drug handling, missed levels, etc., and thus relies on the FESer to provide him with a clear, summarized view of a case. There are several FES checklists which exist for use by C/Ses to ensure full setups have been done for the major levels. These checklists are filled out by FESers and used by the C/S in programming the case. FES checklists for starting or continuing Dianetics and Expanded Grades are attached to this HCOB. Copies of this HCOB for Flag have an additional FES checklist attached for starting or continuing L-10, 11 or 12. These are "Flag Only" rundowns. The appropriate FES checklist is filled out before starting the major action. Each requisite is checked off on the list to ensure they have all been met. The completed checklist is then attached to the inside left cover of the pc folder. These checklists, properly used, will prevent pcs from being audited on skipped gradients and will ensure pcs are being fully set up for their next level. FES SUMMARY In addition to these checklists, an FES summary form is also attached to this HCOB. This is an additional tool for C/S use. The purpose of the FES summary is to provide the C/S with a list of key items he needs to know to properly program a case. The FES summary is filled out by the FESer and it is stapled to the top of the completed FES. Whenever a new FES is done or updated, the summary is also redone or updated. Items on the summary which are important to handle and should be brought to the attention of the C/S are marked or circled in red. The dates when actions were completed or repaired would be filled in on the summary form as well. The HCOB 29.1.81 I - 2 - C/S can then easily refer to the FES or Folder Summary to get the exact details as needed. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:RTC:bk Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HCOB 29.1.81 ATTACHMENT 1 FES SUMMARY (Staple to top of completed FES.) PC NAME ________________________________________ DATE ________________________ TOTAL NUMBER OF FOLDERS? ______________________________________________________ ANY FOLDERS MISSING? __________________________________________________________ CURRENT CASE LEVEL? ___________________________________________________________ DRUGS (Note: This is filled out fully regardless of case level of pc.) HAS PC TAKEN DRUGS? (HALLUCINOGENIC, STREET OR MEDICAL) ______________________ HAS PC AN ALCOHOL HISTORY? ____________________________________________________ HAS PC SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED THE PURIF? ________________ WHEN? _______________ OBJECTIVES? _______________ WHAT? _____________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ WHEN? _________________________________________________________________________ OBJECTIVE TABLE DONE AND ATTACHED? ____________________________________________ SURVIVAL RUNDOWN DONE? _________________________________ WHEN? ________________ LIFE REPAIR DONE IF NEEDED? ____________________________ WHEN? ________________ PTS AND SECURITY DATA: ANY EVIDENCE OF A PTS SITUATION? ______________________________________________ PHYSICALLY ILL OR INJURED? ____________________________________________________ ANY ROLLERCOASTER OR LOSS OF GAINS? ___________________________________________ WAS A PTS C/S-1 EVER DONE? ____________________________________________________ HAS THE PC DONE THE PTS/SP COURSE? ____________________________________________ PTS INTERVIEWS OK? ____________________________________________________________ S & Ds OK? ____________________________________________________________________ ANY SIGN OF WRONG PTS ITEMS? __________________________________________________ WAS A PTS RD DONE? _____________ IF SO, WAS IT SUCCESSFUL? ____________________ WAS A SUPPRESSED PERSON RUNDOWN DONE? _________________________________________ IF SO, WAS IT SUCCESSFUL? _____________________________________________________ IS THE PTS SIT FULLY HANDLED? _________________________________________________ PSYCHIATRIC OR INSTITUTIONAL HISTORY? _________________________________________ EVIDENCE OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, INSULIN OR ANY OTHER SORT OF SHOCK THERAPY? _______________________________________________________________________________ HCOB 29.1.81 I - 2 - ATTACHMENT 1 BRAIN SURGERY OF ANY KIND? ____________________________________________________ TERMINALLY ILL? _______________________________________________________________ CRIMINAL HISTORY? _____________________________________________________________ ANY INDICATIONS PERSON MIGHT BE A PLANT? ______________________________________ (Ref. B.P.L. 8Aug63R "PLANTS" IN ACADEMIES --- INTRODUCTION OF "FORM" 5B) SUICIDE ATTEMPTS, SUICIDE THREATS OR EVIDENCE OF PC HAVING SERIOUSLY CONTEMPLATED SUICIDE? _________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ EVIDENCE THAT PERSON IS PTS TYPE III (Ref. HCOB 24 Nov 85 SEARCH AND DISCOVERY) OR IS MENTALLY RETARDED OR IS A LUNATIC (Ref. HCO PL 30 Nov 781 Corr. & Reiss. 2.12.71 IMPORTANT -- BLIND REGISTRATION)? _____________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ EVIDENCE OF CONNECTIONS TO (MEMBERS OF OR IN FAMILIES OF) MEDIA, POLICE, GOVERNMENT SPY ORGANIZATIONS OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY IN ANY COUNTRY, WHETHER ALREADY KNOWN ABOUT BY G.O. OR NOT? ___________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ UNDER G.O. INVESTIGATION OR HANDLING? _________________________________________ PAST OR PRESENT CONNECTIONS TO A SUPPRESSIVE PERSON OR GROUP? _________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ NED/DIANETICS: (Note: this is filled out fully regardless of case level of pc.) HAS PC HAD A COMPLETE DIANETIC C/S-1? _________________________________________ DIANETICS WAS RUN: SINGLE FLOW _____________ TRIPLE FLOW _____________ QUAD FLOW _______________ ARE THERE UNRUN FLOWS OR UNHANDLED BOGGED FLOWS? ______________________________ SCN OR DN DRD WAS RUN TO FULL EP? ___________________ WHEN? ___________________ ANY UNRUN NO-INTEREST ITEMS ON DRD? ___________________________________________ DRUG LIST F/Ned? ____________________________________ WHEN? ___________________ END OF ENDLESS DRD REPAIR LIST DONE? ________________ WHEN? ___________________ ANY NED RUNDOWNS PER NED SERIES 16R DONE? _____________________________________ WHICH ONE(S)? _________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ ANY BOGGED OR INCOMPLETE NED RDs? _____________________________________________ CAN RUN R3RA EASILY? __________________________________________________________ CAN FIND, RUN, AND ERASE ENGRAMS? _____________________________________________ HCOB 29.1.81 I - 3 - ATTACHMENT 1 GRADES/POWER/R6EW HAS PC HAD A COMPLETE SCN C/S-1? _______________________________________________ PC HAS ACHIEVED THE FULL ABILITIES GAINED OF EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GRADES: (Ref. HCO PL 23 Oct 80 II CHART OF ABILITIES GAINED FROM LOWER LEVELS AND EXPANDED LOWER GRADES) ARC SW: SINGLE _______________ TRIPLE _______________ QUAD _______________ SINGLE EXP ___________ TRIPLE EXP ___________ QUAD EXP ___________ GRADE 0: SINGLE _______________ TRIPLE _______________ QUAD _______________ SINGLE EXP ___________ TRIPLE EXP ___________ QUAD EXP ___________ GRADE I: SINGLE _______________ TRIPLE _______________ QUAD _______________ SINGLE EXP ___________ TRIPLE EXP ___________ QUAD EXP ___________ GRADE II: SINGLE _______________ TRIPLE _______________ QUAD _______________ SINGLE EXP ___________ TRIPLE EXP ___________ QUAD EXP ___________ GRADE III: SINGLE _______________ TRIPLE _______________ QUAD _______________ SINGLE EXP ___________ TRIPLE EXP ___________ QUAD EXP ___________ GRADE IV: SINGLE _______________ TRIPLE _______________ QUAD _______________ SINGLE EXP ___________ TRIPLE EXP ___________ QUAD EXP ___________ EXPANDED DIANETICS (IF NEEDED): SINGLE ________ TRIPLE ________ QUAD ________ POWER (GRADE V): SINGLE ________ TRIPLE ________ QUAD ________ R6EW: SINGLE ________ TRIPLE ________ QUAD ________ ARE THERE ANY UNRUN FLOWS OR UNHANDLED BOGGED FLOWS ON ANY OF THE ABOVE? _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ CLEAR (IF CLEAR): DID CLEARING COURSE AND ACHIEVED FULL EP? _____________________________________ DIANETIC CLEAR? _______________________________________________________________ DCSI: HAS CASE HAD A STANDARD DCSI? ___________________________ WHEN? _______________ HAS HAD PROPER EVIDENCES OF CLEAR? ___________ WHERE IN FOLDER? _______________ _______________________________________________________________________________ HAD FULL EP OF DCSI? ____________________________________ WHEN? _______________ ANY EVIDENCE OF DCSI OUTNESS? _________________________________________________ DCSI OUTNESS FULLY HANDLED? ___________________________________________________ PC MANIFESTING NEED FOR DCSI? _________________________________________________ HCOB 29.1.81 I - 4 - ATTACHMENT 1 IF DCSI DETERMINED PC NOT CLEAR IS PC SATISFIED WITH THIS AND NO ATTENTION ON WHETHER CLEAR OR NOT? _________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ HAS PC FALSELY ATTESTED TO CLEAR, DN CLEAR, OR NATURAL CLEAR? _________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ IF YES, HAVE CERTIFICATES FOR THESE BEEN CANCELLED? ___________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ OT LEVELS: HAS ACHIEVED THE FULL EP ON EACH OF THE FOLLOWING: OT I ________________________________ OT V ________________________________ OT II ________________________________ OT VI ________________________________ OT III ________________________________ FULL OT VII VERIFICATION ______________ OT VII PROCESSES ______________________ OT DRD ________________________________ OT III EXP ____________________________ NED FOR OTs ___________________________ OT IV ________________________________ NED FOR OTs DRD _______________________ SOLO NED FOR OTs ______________________ NOTE ANY OTHER MAJOR RUNDOWNS PC MAY HAVE HAD AND WHETHER OR NOT THESE WERE TAKEN TO FULL EP ______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ NOTE WITH FULL DETAILS ANY QUICKIED AND/OR FALSELY DECLARED RD, LEVEL, OR STATE AND WHETHER CERTIFICATION FOR THESE HAVE BEEN CANCELLED _________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ FURTHER CASE DATA: DOES PC GET TA ACTION? ________________________________________________________ IF PC DOES NOT GET TA ACTION IN PT, HAS ANYTHING PRODUCED TA IN THE PAST? _______________________________________________________________________________ WHAT? _________________________________________________________________________ WHEN WAS LAST TIME TA ACTION WAS GOTTEN? ______________________________________ MAKES CASE GAIN? ______________________________________________________________ IS PC COMPLAINING ABOUT AUDITING? _____________________________________________ SOMETHING PC FEELS HASN'T BEEN HANDLED? _______________________________________ HCOB 29.1.81 I - 5 - ATTACHMENT 1 IS PC DISSATISFIED WITH ANY LEVEL? ____________________________________________ ANY RECURRING ITEMS, TERMINALS OR CONDITIONS? _________________________________ HIDDEN STANDARD? ______________________________________________________________ EARLIER PRACTICES? ____________________________________________________________ HAD EXP GF 40? ________________________________________________________________ DOES PC HAVE FREQUENT OUT RUDS? ________________ WHAT TERMINALS ARE INVOLVED? _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ HAS PC R/Sed? _________________________________________________________________ HAS PC R/Sed ON SUBJECTS CONNECTED TO SCN (LIST 1)? ___________________________ WERE ALL MECHANICAL FACTORS CHECKED AT TIME OF REPORTED R/S(ES)? ______________ HAVE R/Ses BEEN FULLY HANDLED (and if so by what means)? ______________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ ANY R/Ses OR EVIL PURPS FOUND WHICH WERE NOT PREVIOUSLY CULLED AND RUN? _______________________________________________________________________________ ANY DRUG OR ALCOHOL REVERSION? ___________________________ WHEN? ______________ ANY SIGNS OF OUT-INT? _________________________________________________________ INT RD DONE? ______________________________ CORRECTED? ________________________ END OF ENDLESS INT RD? ________________________________________________________ ANY SIGNS OF OUT-LISTS? ___________________ WRONG WHYS? _______________________ 2WCs THAT ACT LIKE A LIST? ____________________________________________________ OUT-LISTS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. ___________________________ WHEN? ______________ TA IN NORMAL RANGE? ___________________________________________________________ HAS HIGH TA? __________________________ HAS LOW TA? ___________________________ HAS HAD FALSE TA HANDLING? ______________________ WHAT? _______________________ DID IT HANDLE TA PROBLEMS? ____________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ HAS HAD C/C 53 TO F/NING LIST? ___________________________ WHEN? ______________ DID C/S 53 HANDLE TA PROBLEMS/CASE OUTNESSES? _________________________________ HAS PC HAD C/S 37R? _________________ HAS PC HAD C/S SERIES 99? _______________ HAS PC F/NED WHAT HE WAS ASKED (C/S SERIES 89)? _______________________________ DOES PC HAVE BPC ON PREPARED LISTS? ___________________________________________ DOES PC COMPLAIN OF OVER-REPAIR? ______________________________________________ CAN GO BACKTRACK EASILY? ______________________________________________________ HCOB 29.1.81 I - 6 - ATTACHMENT 1 HAS HAD PAST TRACK REMEDIES? __________________________________________________ CAN FIND AND RUN FLOW 2s (OVERTS)? ____________________________________________ HAS HAD "NO OVERTS" REMEDIES? _________________________________________________ WHAT CORRECTION LIST WORDS HAS PC HAD CLEARED? ________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ DOES PC UNDERSTAND WHAT AUDITING IS ALL ABOUT? ________________________________ ANY EVIDENCE OF QUICKIE LEVELS? _______________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ ANY MAJOR ACTIONS RUN TWICE? __________________________________________________ IS PC IN THE MIDDLE OF ANY MAJOR ACTION(S)? ___________________________________ HAVE ANY MAJOR ACTIONS BEEN LEFT INCOMPLETE OR NOT TAKEN TO FULL EP? __________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ IS PC READING HEAVILY ON PAST GRADES OR ACTIONS OR THEIR SUBJECT MATTER? _______________________________________________________________________________ ANY POINTS WHERE PC WAS DOING REALLY WELL AND THEN BOGGED? ____________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ WAS THIS HANDLED? _____________________________________________________________ IS PC CURRENTLY DOING WELL WITH NO COMPLAINTS? ________________________________ ADDITIONAL COMMENTS ___________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ HAS THE HANDLING COLUMN OF THE FES BEEN UPDATED TO PT? ________________________ ______________________________________ _______________________________________ FESer's Signature FESer's Training Level HCOB 29.1.81 I ATTACHMENT 2 FES CHECKLIST FOR STARTING OR CONTINUING DIANETICS (Attach to the inside left cover of the folder.) PC'S NAME ____________________________________ DATE __________________________ PC'S CASE LEVEL ______________________________ 1. Life Repair complete if needed. _______ 2. Purif RD fully done. _______ 3. Survival RD complete (of full Objectives done). _______ 4. No indication of PTSness or PTSness fully handled. _______ 5. Pc is not in the middle of another major action. _______ 6. TA is in normal range or has been handled in full. _______ 7. No trouble with Int or Int has been fully handled. _______ 8. Lists (L & N, Prepared Lists, Correction Lists, etc.) OK or have been properly corrected. _______ 9. Pc has had a full and complete Dn C/S-1 and understands auditing and Dianetics. _______ 10. Drug RD done and very complete. _______ 11. Runs Dianetics well including past lives or has had this remedied. _______ 12. Can find, run and erase engrams or has had this remedied. _______ 13. Runs R3RA in valence. _______ 14. Is not stuck in former therapies or earlier practices or has had them run out R3RA. _______ 15. Does not have unrun Dn flows or bogged and unhandled Dianetic chains. _______ 16. Pc has been run on Triples if a Triple pc, or on Quads if a Quad pc. _______ 17. Pc is not complaining about past auditing. _______ 18. Pc can find and run Flow 2 (overts). _______ 19. Not currently ill or in ethics trouble. _______ 20. Person is not Clear or OT. _______ 21. If DCSI done, it has been completed and per DCSI pc is not yet Clear and has no attention on whether or not he is Clear. _______ ______________________________________ _______________________________________ FESer's Signature FESer's Training Level HCOB 29.1.81 I ATTACHMENT 3 FES CHECKLIST FOR STARTING OR CONTINUING EXPANDED GRADES (Attach to the inside left cover of the folder.) PC's NAME ______________________________________ DATE ________________________ PC'S CASE LEVEL ________________________________ 1. Pc is not in the middle of another major action. _______ 2. TA is in normal range or has been fully handled. _______ 3. No trouble with Int or Int has been fully handled. _______ 4. Lists (L & N, Prepared Lists, Correction Lists, etc.) OK or have been handled. _______ 5. Pc is not PTS or has been fully handled. _______ 6. Pc has had a full and complete Scn C/S-1 and understands auditing. _______ 7. Life Repair complete if needed. _______ 8. Purif RD fully done. _______ 9. SRD complete (or full Objectives done). _______ 10. C/S 54RA fully done. _______ 11. Dn or Scn DRD fully complete. _______ 12. Full NED program has been done per NED Series 16R to full Grade Chart EP. _______ 13. If full NED program has not been done the person is Clear and has attested to Clear, after having had the DCSI. _______ 14. Pc is not manifesting need for DCSI or correction of it. _______ 15. Pc has been fully Tripled or Quaded and does not have unrun Dn flows or Scn flows. _______ 16. Pc is not in Non-Interference area. _______ 17. Resistiveness fully handled with GF 40X if needed. _______ 18. Each prior Grade has been run to full EP on all flows with good Success Stories: _______ Triple Grades ______ Quad Grades ______ Exp Triple ______ Exp Quad ______ (a) Dianetics _____________________ (d) Grade I _____________________ (b) ARC SW _____________________ (e) Grade II _____________________ (c) Grade 0 _____________________ (f) Grade III _____________________ (g) Grade IV _____________________ HCOB 29.1.81 I - 2 - ATTACHMENT 3 19. Pc is not complaining about past auditing. _______ 20. By D of P interview, pc is happy with his gains and not still wanting something handled. Is not reading on past Grades. _______ 21. Has pc R/Sed? _______ 22. Has Pc R/Sed on subjects connected to Scn (List 1)? _______ 23. Were all mechanical factors checked at time of reported R/S(es)? _______ 24. If pc has R/Sed and R/Ses were true R/Ses, have they been fully handled, and if so by what means? _______ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ 25. Not currently ill or in ethics trouble. _______ ______________________________________ _______________________________________ FESer's Signature FESer's Training Level  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=21/1/81 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  STUDY AND EDUCATION TAPE AMENDMENT  Type = 12 iDate=8/1/73 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo Student Hat Supervisors Tech Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JANUARY 1981 Remimeo Student Hat Supervisors Tech Qual (BTB 8 Jan 73 STUDY AND EDUCATION TAPE AMENDMENT is cancelled as it unclearly gave "116 ft." from the beginning of the tape as the location of the quoted passage.) STUDY AND EDUCATION TAPE AMENDMENT TAPE: Study Tape No. 6 6408C13 SHSBC-36 "STUDY AND EDUCATION" The following statement, 18 minutes from the beginning of this tape, contains an error: "A live study is one which has purpose. It has a use. And a dead study is one that hasn't any use. And the way you make a DEAD study into a LIVE study is dual. Its use dies away as in buggy whips, or one simply omits it as part of the educational process. And it will make the subject die away not only in the individual but the society, not only in the society but the individual. Do you see that?" The error here is that the words DEAD and LIVE (in caps in the above statement) were accidentally transposed. What was meant was: "The way you make a LIVE study into a DEAD study is dual." This HCOB is to be added to all checksheets and packs of the Student Hat, or any other course containing this tape, to be read immediately prior to listening to the tape. Future tapes will have this corrected. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:bk:gg Copyright $c 1981 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER